Nokia 6585 User Manual
User Guide Guide dâÂÂutilisation Balanc e is a beautiful thing. La beaut é de lâÂÂéquilbr e. 40474 6585 UGuide Covers.qxd 5/14/2004 3:40 PM Page 1
Nokia 6585 U ser Guide
LEGA L INFOR MAT ION P art N o. 93 120 33, Issue No. 1a Copyright é2 004 Nokia. All rights reserved. Nokia, Nokia Co nnecting P eo ple, Nokia 6 585, Xpress-on Colour Co vers, P o p-P o rt, and the N okia Origin al Enh ancements lo gos are tradem arks or registe red trade marks of Nokia Corporation. Other company and product names mention ed herein may be tradem arks or tra de nam es of their res pective owners . Printed in Canada 6/20 04 US P atent No 58 18437 and ot her pen ding patent s. T9 text input soft ware Copyright é 1999- 2004. Tegic Communic ations, Inc. All rights reserved. Includes RSA BSAFE cryptographic or security protocol software from RS A S ec uri ty . Java is a tradem a rk of S un Mi cros ystem s, I nc. The in for mati on co nt ain ed in th is user gui d e was wr i tten f o r th e Nokia 6 585 pr oduct. Nokia operates a policy of ongoing development. Nokia reserves the right to make changes to any o f the products described in this docume nt without prio r notice. UNDER NO CI RCUMST ANCES SHALL NOKIA BE RESPONSIB LE FOR ANY LOSS OF DAT A OR INCOME OR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, AND CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIR ECT DAMAGES HOW SOEV ER CAUSED . THE CO NTENTS O F THIS DOCUMENT ARE PRO VIDED â AS IS .â EX CEPT AS REQUIRED B Y APPLICABLE LAW , NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPL IED, IN CLUD IN G, B UT NOT LI MITED TO , THE IM PLIED WARR ANT IES O F M ER CHA NTABIL ITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE MADE IN RELATION T O THE ACCURACY AND RELIABI LITY OR CONTENT S OF T HIS DOCUME NT . NOKIA RESE RVES THE RIGH T TO REVISE THI S DOCUMENT O R WI THDRAW IT AT ANY TIME WI THOU T PRIOR NO TI CE. EXPORT CONTROLS Thi s device may co ntai n commo dities, tech nolo gy or sof tware sub ject t o export laws and re gula tio ns from th e US and ot her countrie s. Div ersio n contr ary to law is p roh ibit ed. FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE Y our phone may cause TV or radio interference (for example, when using a tel ephone in close proximit y to receiving equip ment). The FCC or Industry Canada can require you to stop using your telephon e if such interference cann ot be eliminate d. If you require a ssistance, contact your loc al serv ice fac ility . This de vice com plies with pa rt 15 of the FCC rules. Opera tion is su bject to the c ondition that this devic e does not cause harmfu l interferen ce.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de iii Copyright é 2004 Nokia Conten ts 1 For your safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 W elcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 About you r device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Network se rvice s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Shared memo ry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Get he lp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Nokia 658 5 phone at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Get the most out of this gu ide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 3 Set up your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 The an tenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 The bat tery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 T urn you r phone on or off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Connec t the h eadset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Change the X press-on ⢠covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Make ca lls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Answ er calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 4 T ext entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Standard mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Predict ive text inpu t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 5 Contacts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Add new co ntacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 Vi ew the con tac ts lis t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Edit con tacts list entrie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Dele te cont acts list entr ie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 Send and r eceiv e contacts (busi ness cards) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 6 Call log (Menu 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Dial ed numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Rece ived calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Miss ed cal ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Dele te call l ogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Mini browser call s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
iv Copyright é 2004 N okia 7 Messages (Menu 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 T ext messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Dist ribution list s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Message folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Message sett ing s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Dele te messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 V oice me ssages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Mini browser message s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 8 Downloads (Menu 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Down loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 New down loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 9 Organi zer (Menu 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Alarm cloc k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Cal endar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 T o-do li st . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 V oice rec order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Cal culat or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Count down timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Stopwatc h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Cal orie cal cul ator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 1 0 Profiles (Menu 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Acti vate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Custom ize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Set a time d profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 1 1 Settings (Menu 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 V oice com mands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Right sele ction key setti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Cal l sett ings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Phone set tin gs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Displ ay set tin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 Tim e settin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 T one s ett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de v Copyright é 2004 N okia Phone det ails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Game set ti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Enhan cement se ttin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Securi ty set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Network se rvice s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 Infrared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 Rest ore factory se ttings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 12 Radio (Menu 8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 T urn on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Option s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Save a chann el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 13 Minibrowser(Menu 1 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Mobile I nternet acces s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Sign on to the m obile Int ernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Navigat e the mobil e Inte rnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 14 K eyguard (Menu 1 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Loc k the keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Unloc k the k eypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 15 Enhancem ents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 16 Reference info rmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Batte ri es and chargers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Additi onal safet y informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0 Care an d mainten ance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Cert ificati on informat ion (SAR ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 T echn ical i nformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Batte ry in formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Nokia On e-Y ear Limi ted W arranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Appendix A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
vi Copyright é 2004 N okia NO TES
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 1 Copyright é 2004 Nokia F or yo u r s afety 1 For your s afety Read th ese simple guidelines . Not follow ing them m ay be da ngerous or il legal. Read the complete us er guide for further in formation. SWITCH ON SAFEL Y Do not swi tch the phone on when wire less phone use is prohibite d or when it may c ause in terference or dan ger . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Obey all local laws. Always keep your hands free to operate the vehicle wh il e dr iv in g. Y o ur fi rst con sid er ation whil e dri vi ng sh ou ld be r oad saf ety . INTE RFERENC E All wireless phone s may be susceptible to int erference, whic h could affect performance. SWITCH OFF IN HOSPITALS Follow any re strictions. Switch the phone off near medic al equipment. SWITCH OFF IN AIRCRAFT Follow any restrictions . Wirele ss devices ca n caus e interfere nce in a ircraft. SWITCH OFF WHEN REFUEL ING Don't u se the phone at a refuelling point . Don' t use nea r fuel or chemic als. SWITCH OFF NEAR BL ASTIN G Follow any re strictions. Do not use the phon e where blasting is in progre ss. USE SENSI BL Y Use only in the normal position as explained in the product documentation. Don't t ouch the ant enna un neces sarily . QUA LIFI ED SE RVIC E Only qualified personnel may inst all or repair this product.
2 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ENHANC EMENTS AND BA TTE RIES Use only approved enhan cements and batterie s. Do not connect incompatible products . W A TER-RESI ST ANCE Y o ur phone is not wa ter-resis tant. Keep it dry . BACKU P C OPI ES Remember to make back-up copie s or keep a w ritten record of all important info rmation stored in your phon e. CONNEC TING T O O THER DEVICE S When con necting to any other device, read its use r guide for detailed safety instruc tions. Do not connect incom patible products. EMERGENCY CALLS Ensure the phone i s switched on and i n service. Press the End key as ma ny times a s needed t o clear the display a nd return to the main screen. E nter th e emer gen cy nu m ber , then pre ss the Ta l k key . Giv e you r lo ca ti o n. Do not end the call until given permission to do so.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 3 Copyright é 2004 Nokia We l co m e 2W e l c o m e Congratulations on your purchase of the Nokia 65 85 phone. Y our ph one provides many fun ctions whi ch are practical for daily use , such as a radio, hands-free loudspe aker , alarm cloc k, calc ulator , cal endar , and more. Y o ur phone ca n also connect to a PC, laptop, or other device u sing a data cable or the built-in IR port. To personalize your phone , you can se t your favorite ring tones, create a go-to- menu, or selec t an Xpre ss-on ⢠colour cover . ⢠ABOUT YO UR DE VICE The wireless phone described in t his guide is approv ed for use on th e AMPS 800, CDMA 800 a nd 1900, an d 1XRTT netw orks. Contact your servic e provider for mo re information abou t netw orks. When using t he features in this de vice, obe y all la ws and respect priv acy a nd legitimate right s of others. War n in g : T o use any featur es in this device, other th an the alarm clock, the phon e must be switched on. Do not switch the device on when wirele ss phone use may cause in terference or dan ger . ⢠N ETWORK SERVICES To use the phone you must have service from a wireless service provider . Many of the features in this devic e depend on features in the wireles s network to functio n. These Netw ork Services m ay not be available on all ne tworks or y ou may hav e to ma ke sp ecif ic arr ang eme nts wi th y our se rvic e pr ovide r be fore you can ut ilize N et work Services. Y ou r service provider may need to give you additional inst ructions for their use and ex plain wha t charge s will ap ply . Som e net works may h ave limita tions that affect how you ca n us e Netw ork Serv ices. F or instanc e, so me netw orks m ay not support all lan guage-dependent characters and services. Y our serv ice provider may have requested t hat certain features be disabled or not activat ed in yo ur device. If so, th ey will not appear in your de vice m enu. Co ntact your servic e provider for more information.
4 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠SHAR ED MEMORY Th e fol lo wi ng f eat ur es in th is de vic e may s h a re m emor y: contact s, tex t mess ages, images, and tone s in the down loads menu, calendar an d to-do note s, games, and applicati ons. Use of one or more o f the se featur es may reduc e the memory avai labl e for the remain ing features sharing mem ory . For example, saving m any calendar notes, may use all of the available memory . Y our phone may display a message that the mem ory is full when you try to use a shared memory feature. In this cas e, delete some of the information or entries stored in th e shared m emory feature s before continuing . Some of th e features, such as images, ton es, g a mes, or a p pl ic ati ons i n the do wnl oad s m enu may ha ve a certain m emory s pecially allotte d to the m in addition to the m emory shared w ith othe r feature s. ⢠GET HE LP Find your phone label If you n eed he lp, N okia Custo mer C are is available for assistance. B efore calling, we recomm end that you write down the follo wing info rmation and h ave it avai lable: ⢠Electron ic serial number (ESN) ⢠Y our postal c ode The ESN is found on the ty pe label, which is located bene ath the battery on the bac k of the phone. For detailed instructio ns on removing the back cover and the battery , see â Re move t he back cove râ on page 1 0 and â Remove the battery â on page 1 0. Contact Nokia Please have yo ur product with you when co ntacting eithe r of the num bers below: Nokia Customer Care Center , USA Customer Care, Canada Nokia Inc. 7725 Woodland Ce nter Boulevard Su ite #150 T ampa, F lorida 336 14 Te l: 1-888-N OKIA-2U (1-88 8-665-42 28) Fax: 1-8 13-24 9-96 1 9 TTY : 1-8 00-2 4-NOKI A (1 -800- 246- 654 2) (hea rin g impa ired onl y) Nokia Products Ltd. 60 1 Westney Road South Ajax, Ontario L1S 4N7 Te l: 1-888-2 2-NO KIA (1-888 -226-65 42) 1-905-4 27-1 373 Fax: 1-905-619-4360 Web si t e: www .n okia.ca Ty pe label
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 5 Copyright é 2004 Nokia We l co m e Updates From time to time, Nokia updates this guide to reflect c hanges. The latest version may be av ailable at www .n ok ia. c a . An interactiv e tutorial for this product may be avail able at the web site www .nokiahow to.com . Accessibility solutions Nokia is committed to makin g mobile phones easy to us e for all individuals, incl uding those w ith disabilitie s. For m ore informatio n, con tact Nokia at 1-888 -226-65 42 or 1-905-4 27-1 373.
6 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠N OKI A 65 85 PHON E AT A GLAN CE Ear piec e Vo l u m e k e y Sta rt sc reen End key Right se lectio n ke y Four-way scro ll ke y Numb er k eys Ta l k k e y Le ft sele cti on key # key * key - Microp hone Charg er por t IR P ort Po w e r k e y Po p - Po r t ⢠Con nect or
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 7 Copyright é 2004 Nokia We l co m e The start screen The start screen is hom e base and indicates you r phone is in idle mode. Signal strength (1) â A highe r bar indicates a stronger network signal. Battery leve l (2) â A h igher bar indicates m ore power in the battery . Menu (3 ) â Pr ess the Left s election key to sele ct this opt io n . Conta cts (4) â Press the Right s elect ion ke y to sele ct this opt i on . Quick keys At the start scree n, the Fo u r- w ay s crol l ke y i nst an tly take s you to f re quent ly - acce ssed menu s: Scro ll u p key â Go t o the Prof iles menu . Scro ll ri ght ke y â La un c h t he Minib rows er . Scro ll do wn ke y â G o to the cont acts lis t. Scro ll lef t ke y â Go to the message m enu to c reate and sen d a text mess age. Indicators and icons Y o u may notice severa l indicators and icons on the sta rt screen. The followin g list describes the indicators and icons: Icon Indica tes.. . Y ou have one or more text messages. See â Read and reply â on page 26. Y ou hav e on e or mor e voic emai l me ss ages. See â V oice me ssage s â on page 30. Y our ph on e â s keypad is locked, see â K eyguar d (Menu 1 1) â on page 67. Y our ph one is set to th e Silen t profi le. See â Prof iles (Me nu 6 ) â on pag e 44 . Th e alarm clock is set to On . See â Alarm clock â on page 35. The coun tdow n tim er is runn in g. Se e â Co unt down ti mer â on pa ge 40. The stop watch timing is runni ng in t he ba ckgr ou nd, s ee â Stopw at ch â on pa ge 4 1. 1 3 2 4
8 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠GET THE MOST OUT OF THIS GUIDE The follow ing sections illustra te the va rious compone nts of your phon e. Familiarize yourself w ith these sec tions to he lp you un derstand the instruc tions t hat follow . This gu ide uses certain terms for the steps that you are asked to pe rform. ⢠Press mean s to press and releas e a key quickl y . For ex ample, Press 7 me an s press the key on the keypad t hat is labeled with th e number 7 and â pqrsâ . ⢠Pres s and hold mean s to pres s and hol d a key for 2 â 3 second s, th en releas e the key . ⢠Selec tion keys are used to sele ct a menu option. T o se lect an op tion, press the selection key below the menu item on the phone â s s cre en. ⢠Scro ll keys are used to move up, dow n, left, or right in the menu s. ⢠Ta l k and End keys: Press the Talk ke y to pl ac e a cal l or to a ns we r an in com ing ca ll. P res s the En d k e y t o e n d a c a l l o r p r e s s a n d h o l d t o r e t u r n t o t h e i d l e s c r e e n . When s hown conti nu ously , th e IR conne ction i s act iv ated and y o ur phone is ready to send or receive data using its IR port; w hen blinking, yo ur ph one is tryi ng to co nnec t to the ot he r device or a connection has been los t. Se e â Infraredâ on page 6 1. Integ rated handsfree is active, see â Lo udspea ker â on pa ge 14. The timed profi le is sele cted, see â Pro files (Menu 6) â on pa ge 44. or An enh ancement is conn ected t o th e pho ne. See â Enha nc em ent se tti ng s â on pag e 5 5. A Loopset is connected to the phone. See â Enh ancem ent sett ings â on pag e 55 . A T eleco mm un ic ati on s De vic e fo r t he Dea f (TT Y/T D D) i s con n ect ed to t he p hone. See â En hanceme nt settin gs â on page 55. or V oice privacy encrypt ion is acti ve (or is no t acti ve) in the n etwor k. See â Vo i c e p r i v a c y â on page 59. or Loca tio n inf o shar in g is s et to 91 1 o n l y or Locat ion on . S ee â Loca t ion inf o sh ar i ng â on pa ge 47. Y ou are in a 1XRTT n etwork. See â Net work s er vic es â on page 3. Y ou are in a dig ital n etwor k. See â Ne t wor k s er vic es â on page 3. Y ou are in an analog netw ork. See â Network services â on page 3. Icon Indica tes.. .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 9 Copyright é 2004 Nokia We l co m e Phone menus Phone feature s are grouped accord ing to func tion and are accessed through the main menus. Each m ain m enu co ntains s ubmenu s and lis ts from which you can sel ect or vi ew items an d cu stom iz e your phon e fe atur es . Y ou can ac ce ss th ese menus a nd subme nus by using the scroll method or by using a shortcu t . Note: Some features may not be available, depending on your n etwork. For more information, con tact your w ireless provi der . The scroll method 1 At the start scree n, select Menu and scroll through th e main m enus us ing the Scrol l up and Scro l l down keys. A scroll bar with a tab moves up or down on th e start s creen as you s croll throu gh t he me nus, prov iding a v isual repre sentati on o f you r c urren t position i n the m enu struc ture. 2 When you arrive at a menu, press Sele ct (th e L eft select ion key) to en ter sub men us. ⢠Press Back ( the Right select io n key) to return to the previous m enu. ⢠Press the End key to r etur n t o th e st art sc reen fr om a ny men u or su bm enu. Shortcuts Y ou can go directly to almost an y menu or submenu, as well as acti vate most features by using a shortcut. At the start scree n, select Menu , t he n within 3 secon ds, pre ss the ke y or keys associat ed w ith the menu function you w ould like to v iew or ac tivate . Fo r exa mpl e, to se lec t th e Meeti ng profile, s elect Menu 6-3-1 from th e sta rt sc ree n ( Menu > Pr ofiles > Meeti ng > Se lec t ). After a brief paus e, the Meeting profile is activated. In-phone help Many featu res have bri ef descri ptions (help text ) whi ch can b e viewed on t he displa y . To v iew these de scriptions, scroll to a feature and w ait for about 1 0 seconds. Press Mor e to v iew all of the de scription, or press Back to e xit. In order to view the de scriptions, y ou m ust first act ivate he lp tex t. At the start scree n, select Menu > Set tings > Phon e se tti ngs > He lp t ext acti vation > On or Off. Scro ll u p Scr oll left Scro ll right Scro ll down
1 0 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 3 Set up your phone ⢠THE ANTENNA Y our device has an internal an tenna located t owards the top of the pho ne. Hold the phone as yo u would any ot her telepho ne with th e antenna a rea pointe d u p and o ver your shoulde r . Note: As with any other radio transmit ting device , do no t touch the ante nna unnece ssarily w hen th e device is swit ched on . Con tact w ith the anten na affects call quality and may cause the phone to operate at a high er power le vel than othe rwise neede d. Avoidi ng conta ct wit h the ante nna are a when ope rating the phone optimize s the ante nna performance and the batte ry life. ⢠THE BATTERY Alw ays swi tch th e dev ice o ff and discon nect the c harger befo re rem ovin g th e batte ry . Rem ove the ba ck cov er 1 Hold the ph one upside down, with the back of the phone facing you. 2 Push down on the back cover release button and pull the bottom of the bac k cover a way from the phone to remove it. Remove the battery 3 Afte r you ha ve remo ved the ba ck cov er , inse rt your finge r into the fing er grip and lift the battery from its co mpartme nt.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 11 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Set up your phone Replace the battery 1 P osition the battery so the gold-c oloured conta cts matc h up w ith those on th e phone. The battery label should be facing away from the pho ne. 2 Insert the battery , gold-col oured contact end first, into the battery slot. 3 Push down on the othe r end of the battery t o snap the battery into place. Repla ce the back cove r 1 Place the top of th e back cover on top of th e locking c atch at th e top of the phone. 2 P osition the back cove r over the locking catches on both sides of the phon e and press down at the top and bott om to loc k the c over into place. Charge the battery 1 Plug the charger transformer in to a standard ac wall outle t. 2 Insert the charge r output plu g into the roun d charger port at t he bottom end of th e phone. After a few se conds, the ba ttery indi cator on th e start scre en sta rts to s croll fr om bottom to top . If the battery is completel y flat, it ma y tak e a fe w m inutes befor e the charging in dicator appears on the start scr een or bef ore any ca lls can be mad e. ⢠T URN YO UR PHONE O N OR OFF To turn your phone on or off, press and hold the Po w e r key on top of the phone for at le ast 3 seconds. ⢠C ONNECT THE HEADSET A compatible he adset may be pu rchased with yo ur phone or se pa rat ely as an enhan cem en t. (S ee â Enhanc em entsâ on page 68 for information.)
12 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 1 Plug the headse t connect or into the P op-P o rt ⢠connector at the bottom end of your phone. 2 P osition the h eadset on your e ar . With the h eads et con ne cted, you can m ake, answ er , and end c alls as usu al. Use t h e key pa d to en ter num bers . Press t he Tal k ke y to place a cal l. Press t he End key to end a ca ll. ⢠C HANGE THE XPRESS-ON ⢠CO VERS Note: Before remov ing the cover , always switch o ff the pow er and disconnect th e charger and any oth er device. Avoid to uching electronic components w hile changing the covers. Always store an d use the devic e with th e covers attach ed. REM OV E TH E BAC K COV ER AN D TH E BAT TER Y See â Re mov e the back cove r â and â Remove the battery â on page 1 0 for instructions on removing t he back cover an d battery . REM OV E TH E FRO NT CO VE R 1 Press the front cove r latch on the top o f the phone while gently pul ling th e top of the front cover away from the rest of the phone. INSTA LL T HE KEYMAT AND FRONT CO VER 2 Rem ove the key ma t from the ol d front cover and place i t into the new front cove r as shown. 3 Inse rt the side latches towards th e b ottom of the ne w front cover in to the match ing holes towards t he bottom of th e phone . 4 Gently push the latch es from the middle of the front cove r into th e m atching h oles in the middle of the phon e.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 13 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Set up your phone 5 Gently push the cover latch on the top of the front cover t hrough the loc king hole in the top of the phone, and snap the front cover into place. REP LAC E THE BAT T ERY A ND BAC K C OV ER See â Replace the battery â on page 1 1 and â Repl ace t he back co ver â on page 1 1 for instruction s on replacing the batte ry and back cove r . ⢠MAKE CALLS Using the key pad 1 Enter the ph one nu mber (includi ng the area cod e), and press the Ta l k ke y . (T o dele te a ch aracter to th e left of the c ursor , press Clear .) 2 Press En d ca ll or the En d key to e nd the call or to can cel the c all atte mpt. Using the contact s list 1 At the start scree n, use the Scro l l down ke y to highli ght the en try you w ish to view . 2 Press t he Ta l k key to m ake the c all, o r pre ss D eta ils to view details of the entry . To store c ontacts in your phone, see â Cont acts lis t â on page 17. Using the last dialed number 1 At the start scree n, press th e Ta l k key t o dis play t he la st 30 num bers dia led. 2 Scroll to th e number (or nam e) you w ish to redial and press th e Tal k ke y . Conference calling Confer ence cal ling is a network ser vice th at all ows you to ta ke part in a conferen ce call with two other parti cipants. 1 Make a call to the fi rst participant . 2 With th e first part icipant on t he line , select Opti ons > Ne w ca l l . 3 Enter the phone number of the second participant, or press Searc h to retriev e a nu mber from t he conta cts list. 4 Press Flash . (The first pa rticipant is put on hold.) 5 When the secon d partici pant pic ks up, pres s the Ta l k key t o conn ec t th e cal ls. 6 To end the co nference call between a ll participan ts, press Option s > En d all cal ls or pre ss and hold the En d ke y .
14 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠ANS W ER CAL LS Answer or decl ine an i ncoming call Press t he Tal k key or Ans w er to answ er an incoming call. Press Sile nce to mu te the ringin g tone ; you ca n then press Answer to an swer th e call, Dismis s to immediately div ert the call to vo ice mail, or do nothing a nd the call is even tually diverted to v oice ma il. Press t he End key to divert the call to voice mail. Adjust the earpiece volume ⢠To inc rease the volum e of a call, pre ss the top of the v olume key on the left side of the phone. ⢠T o dec rease the v olume of a call, pres s the botto m of the volume key on the le ft side of the phone. ⢠When adj usting the volume, a bar c hart appears in the disp lay in dicat ing the volu me lev el. Loudspeaker Y ou ca n us e the loud s pea ke r d ur i ng a ca ll. Do not h ol d the phon e to y our e ar du ring the lou dspeaker operation. ⢠To activate the loud spea ker , press Loud sp. . ⢠To deact ivate t he loudsp eake r during a ca ll, press Ha ndset . The loudsp eaker au tomatically de activat es when a call (or a ca ll attempt ) ends or whe n cert ain enhan c ement s are c onn ect ed. Options during a call Many of t he options that you can use durin g a call are network services. Check with your wirele ss service prov ider for more information. 1 Press Option s during a call to displ ay the list of options available during a cal l: My n umber â View you r own ph one number . Mute â Silenc e the cu rrent ca ll. Louds peaker â Activ ate the loudspe aker . New call â Inclu de anothe r partic ipant in the current c all. End a ll calls â Disconn ect from a ll calls t o wh ich you are conn ected. T o uch t one s â Enter ton es into the curre nt call. Contacts â V iew th e contac ts list in your phone . Me nu â View t he me nu in yo ur ph one. 2 Scro ll to an optio n and pr ess Sele ct to a cti va te the optio n o r ent er it s sub men u . Vo l u m e key
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 15 Copyright é 2004 Nokia T ext entry 4 T ext e ntry Y o u can use the keypad on y our phone to enter text w hen cre ating text m essage s, conta cts, radio entries, even ts in the ca lendar , and addresses into the Min ibrow ser . Y o u can us e tw o metho ds for en tering text and numbe rs: ⢠Standard mode i s the on ly wa y to ent er tex t into su ch things as the conta cts list, calenda r notes, and to rename caller groups. ⢠Predict ive text input is a qu ick and ea sy met hod for wr itin g messa ge s, c reat ing a calendar n ote, or making a to -do list. ⢠STANDARD MODE T ext (Abc ) ⢠Press a key onc e to insert the first l etter o n th e ke y , t wice for the secon d lette r , etc. If y ou pau se briefly , th e last letter in th e display is acce pted a nd your pho ne awai ts t he ne xt entr y . ⢠Pres s the 0 key to ente r a space, the reby accepting a completed w ord. ⢠Pres s the 1 key to en ter a period ( .). ⢠Pres s the * key to di splay spec ial charact er s (press an d hold the * key if p redicti ve text is on). ⢠Pres s Cl ear to backspace the cur sor and del ete a chara cter . ⢠Press and ho ld Clear to backsp ace conti nuousl y and del ete cha racte rs. Numbers (123) To s w it c h t o 123 m ode from Abc mode, press and hold the # key at an y m es sag e entry scre en until the icon in the upper left corne r of the display sw itches from Abc to 123 (o r vi c e ve rs a) . Punctuation and smileys While at any text entr y screen, press the * key to display spe cial characters such as punc tua tion an d other charac ters or pre ss the * key twice to display smileys. (press and hol d the * key i f p redi cti ve t ext is on) . Y o u can na vigate throu gh th e entire list of specia l char acters by us ing the Fou r-way scroll ke y . On ce a c ha ra cte r is highlighte d, press Inser t to inse rt the c hara cter into yo ur me ssage. ⢠PR EDICTIVE TEXT INPUT Predictiv e text in put allows you to w rite m essages quickly using y our keyp ad and the pho ne dictionary . It is much faster than the standard mode method, because for eac h lette r , you o nly pr ess t he correspo ndi ng ke y on your keypa d on ce .
16 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Activate/de activate At an y te xt en try sc reen, pre ss and hol d O ption s . Predicti ve te xt is turned on and off, depending on its previous mode. OR 1 At a ny te xt en try sc reen, sele ct Options > P redicti ve te x t . 2 Scroll to th e language of yo ur choice or P rediction off and pres s Selec t . T ext entry The illu str ati on be low si mula tes yo ur d ispl ay each t ime a ke y is p ressed. For examp le, to write Nokia wi th pr edi c tiv e t ex t on and with the English diction ary selected, press each of the follow ing keys once : the 6 key t he 6 key the 5 key the 4 ke y the 2 ke y ⢠Press t he 0 key to enter a space an d begin writing the next word. ⢠If a d isplayed word is not correct, press the * key to see other matches. T o return to the previous word in the list of matche s, press Pre viou s . ⢠If ? appears afte r a word, press Spel l to add the word to the dictionary . ⢠Pres s the 1 k ey to insert a period into your message. ⢠Pres s and hold the * key to display s pecial cha racters. P ress the * key again to cycle throug h all av ai lable charact ers . ⢠Press the # key t o swit ch p redicti ve text o n or of f and to u se p redict ive te xt in various modes. As you press the # key , t he fo llo wing ico ns (n ot the desc ript io ns) appear in the upper left of the start screen: Uppercase tex t: standard mode is On . Lowercase text: s tandard mode is On . Sentence case text: standard mode is On . Sente nce c ase text : pre dictive text is On . Low erca se t ext: pr edicti ve te xt is On .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 17 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Contacts list 5 Co nta cts lis t The con tacts list ca n hold up to 5 00 co ntacts with m ultipl e numbers an d text not es for each c ontac t. The a mount of numbers and text ent ries th at you can save m ay vary , dependin g on length and the total number of entries i n the contac ts list. ⢠ADD NEW CONTAC TS Save a name and num be r 1 At the start screen, enter th e ph one nu mber you wish to save . 2 Select Options > Sa ve . 3 Enter the name a nd press OK . Save (only) a number 1 At the start screen, enter th e ph one nu mber you wish to save . 2 Press and hold Op tions . Save an entry 1 At the start scree n, select Contacts > Add new . 2 Enter the name a nd press OK . 3 Enter the ph one nu mber , and press OK > Done . Save more information Y ou c an save different types of ph one num bers and short text ite ms per name to the cont acts list. T o save an addre ss or note , you n eed to add it to a n existin g entry ( conta ct). 1 At the start scree n, press th e Scro ll dow n ke y to disp lay the cont ent s of yo ur conta cts list. 2 With the e ntry highlighted, select D etails > Opt ions > Ad d numbe r or Add d etail . If you s elect ed Add nu mbe r , choose Gene ral , Mo bile , Home , Wo rk , or Fa x an d press Se lec t . If you sele cted Ad d det ail , choose E-mail addr ess , Web addre ss , Str eet address , or Note and press Sel ect . 3 Ent er t he nu mber or text fo r the t ype you have s elected and press OK . 4 To change the type of number of detail, highlight the number and se lect Change t ype in the options list.
18 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Change default nu mbers Y ou c an also c hange w hich phone numbe r is the default (primary) number for t he conta ct entry . The first n umber yo u save for any e ntry is automat ically se t as th e default, or primary number , but t he primary num ber can alwa ys be change d. 1 At the start screen , sc roll dow n to the entry yo u wish to change and pre ss Detai ls . 2 Scr oll to the numbe r you wish to set as the def aul t and select Op tions > As primar y num ber . Set up voice tags For information on settin g up voice tags, see â Add a voice tag â on page 45. Caller groups Y ou c an add contacts list entries to any of five caller groups, and the n assign a unique ringing tone or graphic t o that group. Thi s enables you to ide ntify callers from the group b y their unique ri nging tone or graph ic. SE TUP A GR OU P 1 At the sta rt screen, press the Scro ll dow n key to dis play a lis t of entries in y our conta cts list. 2 Scroll to a n ame you wou ld like to add to a caller group and press Det ail s . 3 Scroll to the number of your choice and select Options > Ca ll er gr ou ps . 4 Scroll to th e caller group t o which you would lik e to add th e name and press Se lec t . OPTI ON S 1 At the start scree n, select Contacts > Caller gr oups . Family , VIP , Friends , Busin ess , an d Other are the available calle r groups. 2 Use t he Four-way scrol l key to highlight a group and pre ss Se lec t to dis play the following caller group options: Ren ame gr ou p â Rename the group to y our prefe rence. Grou p ringi ng tone â Set the ringing tone for the group. Grou p logo â T urn the graphic for the ca ller group on or off. Grou p mem bers â Add or remove members from the caller group. Set up 1-touch dialing Y o u can a ssocia te an y entry in the conta cts list with a key from 2 âÂÂ9 ; t hen dia l those entrie s by pressing and h olding the assigned k ey . 1 At the start scree n, select Contacts > 1 -to uch d ialin g. 2 Scroll to an (empty ) loca tion and press As si gn .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 19 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Contacts list 3 Enter the n umber (incl uding the area c ode) and press OK , or press Sear ch to retrieve a number from th e contac ts list. 4 Enter a nam e for the nu mber and p ress OK . If 1-touc h dialing is o ff, the phone displays a prompt asking if you w ould like to turn 1 -touch dia ling on. 5 Press Ye s to activate 1-touc h dialin g. 6 T o make a call, press and hol d the assi gned k ey . CHA NGE 1- TOUCH DIALI NG NUM BERS 1 At the start scree n, select Contacts > 1-to uch d ia lin g . 2 Scroll to th e 1- touch di aling entry you wi sh to c hange and selec t Opti ons > Change. 3 Enter the ne w nu mber , or pres s Searc h to retrieve a number from the contacts list, a nd press OK . 4 Enter a nam e for the e ntry and press OK . DELET E 1-T OUCH DIALI NG NUMB ERS 1 At the start scree n, select Contacts > 1-to uch d ia lin g . 2 Scroll to th e 1-touch di aling loc ation you w ish to delete and select Options > De lete . 3 Press OK to delet e the phone n umber assigned to th e key . ⢠VIEW THE C ONTACTS LIST 1 At the start scree n, select Contacts . 2 Scroll to one of the following options and pre ss Selec t to activate the feature or enter its su bmenu: Sea rch â Find a name or s elect from a list. Add ne w â Add a conta ct to y our conta cts l ist. Ed it n am e â Edit an exis ting name . Delet e â D el ete a name and its ass ociated numbers. Add nu m ber â Add a n umber t o an existi ng name. Set ting s â Cha nge th e contac ts lis t view or chec k the memory s tatus of your phon e. 1-to uc h dia ling â View or modify t he list of 1 -touch dialing nu mbers. Vo i c e t a g s â Attach , listen to, or modify a voice ta g to a contact in the conta cts list. My n umber â View yo ur own pho ne nu mb er . Ca ll er grou p s â V iew and edit the propertie s for any of th e caller groups, including Fa m i l y , VI P , Frien ds , Busin ess , or Other .
20 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Search for a name 1 At the start scree n, press th e Scro ll dow n ke y to disp lay the cont ent s of yo ur conta cts list. 2 Press the key w hich corresponds to the first letter of the name for whic h you are performi ng a search. (Press the key as ma ny time s as necessary until y ou reac h the lett er of your choice.) 3 Scroll up and down to select a contact and p ress Det ails to view the details. Configure settings Y ou can s elect how th e conta cts a ppear i n yo ur conta cts li st and v iew th e am ount of memory use d or available in you r phone. 1 At the start scree n, select Contacts > Setti ngs . 2 Scroll to one of the following options and press Selec t to en ter the s ubmenu : Scro llin g vie w â Select Name list, Nam e a n d nu mber , or Name an d imag e vie w . Me mory st atus â V iew the amoun t of phone memory use d as well as th e amount of ph one memory available. Note: For more information on used and available mem ory , see â Shared memory â on page 4. ⢠EDIT CONTACTS LIST ENTRIES 1 At the start scree n, press th e Scro ll dow n ke y to disp lay the cont ent s of yo ur conta cts list. 2 Scroll to th e co ntact e ntry you wo uld like to edit and press Deta ils . 3 Scroll to th e phone nu mber or de tail you wish to edit and pre ss Opt ions . 4 Scroll to one of the follow ing options and press Selec t : Add vo ic e tag â Add a v oice tag to the contact. Ed it n umbe r â Edit an existin g phone numb er of the con tact. Del ete numbe r â D elete a phone num ber from th e cont act. Use n umber â Th e sel ect ed nu mber appears on t he st art scre en. View â Vie w the de tails of the conta ct. Change type â Change the num ber type to Gene ral , Mobil e , Hom e , Wor k , or Fax or th e detail type to E- ma il , Web address , Street addr ess , or No te . As pr ima ry num ber â Change the defau lt number of th e cont act. Add nu m ber â Add a n umber to the co ntact. Add de tail â Add an address or note to the contact. Add im age â Add an image from the Down loads menu to th e con t ac t.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 21 Copy right é 2004 Nok ia Contacts list Ca ll er grou p s â Add the contac t to an e xisting caller group. Custo m tone â Add a cu stom ring tone to the conta ct. Sen d bus. ca rd â Send the contact as a business c ard to another phone. Send messag e â Create and send the con tact a mess age. 1-to uc h dia ling â Add the conta ct to your 1-touch dialing list. Ed it n am e â Ed it th e na me o f th e c ont ac t. View nam e â View t he na me of t he co ntac t. Delet e â D elete the entire c ontact entry from y our conta cts list. 5 Edit the option to your pre ference and press OK . ⢠DELETE CONTACTS L IST ENTR IES 1 At the start scree n, select Contacts > Dele te . To de lete individual en tries, select One by on e . Scroll to th e entry you wish to delete, press Delete > OK to confirm . To delete th e ent ire content s of you r con tacts list, scroll t o Delet e all . Press Sele ct > OK to con firm. 2 Enter the security code ( the de fault secu rity c ode is 12345 ) and pre ss OK . ⢠SEN D AND RECEI VE CON TACTS (BUSIN ESS CARDS) Y o u can s end and re ceive an en try in you r con tacts list (busine ss card) using infrared (IR) or as a t ext messa ge, if supported by your wireless provider . For more informat ion on using IR, se e â In fraredâ on page 6 1. Send a business card IR 1 Activate the IR port of the other devic e and align the IR ports of both devices. 2 Highlight the entry from the conta cts list t hat you w ish to send an d select Det ails > Op tions > Send b us. card > Via infrared . 3 If the en try has multi ple subentrie s, select Pri mar y number or All det ail s , and the bu sine ss card is se nt. T EXT ME SSAGE 1 Highlight the entry from the conta cts list t hat you w ish to send an d select Det ails > Op tions > Send b us. card > Via text me ssage . 2 If th e en try h as m ult ipl e sub entri es , se lect P rima ry nu mbe r or All de tails . 3 Enter the nu mber for you r recipient or pre ss Search to retrieve a number from you r cont acts list. 4 Press OK and th e b usiness card is sent.
22 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Receive a business card usi ng IR 1 At the start screen, select Menu > Settings > Infrar ed to e nsu re IR is acti va ted . 2 Activate the IR port of the other devic e and align the IR ports of both devices. When you recei ve t he bu sin ess c ard , you r phon e beeps and a me ss age appe ars in the display . 3 Press Show > Save to save the bu siness card in phon e memory , or pr ess Exit > OK t o discard the busine ss card.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 23 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Call log (Menu 1) 6 Call log (Menu 1) The Ca ll log me nu s tores informa tion about t he la st 30 dialed, 30 received, or 30 missed c alls. When the number of cal ls ex ceed the max imum , t he most rec ent call rep lac es the ol des t . Whe the r vi ewi ng diale d, r ecei ved, or miss ed ca ll s, th e men u opt ions are the sam e: Call t ime â Display the date and t ime of the call. Send messag e â Send a message to the num ber . Vi ew numbe r â Di s pla y the num b er . Use n umber â Edit t he number and associate a name with the number . Sav e â Enter a name for the number and save it t o you r contacts lis t. Add to cont act â Add th e n umber to an existin g entry in y our conta cts list , if the number is not a ssocia ted w ith a na me. Delet e â Cle ar the n umber from memory . Call â C all the n umber . ⢠DIALED NUMB ERS To vi ew num bers yo u have prev iously dialed from y our phone: At the start scree n, press th e Ta l k key . OR 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Call lo g > Diale d num bers . 2 Scroll to a n ame or nu mber and press Opt ions . 3 Scroll to an option and press Selec t to view or activate the option. ⢠R ECEIVED CALLS Receiv ed calls are ca lls that h ave bee n answ ered. To vi ew rece ived c alls: 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Call log > Rec eived c alls . 2 Scroll to a n ame or nu mber and press Opt ions . 3 Scroll to an option and press Selec t to view or activate the option. ⢠MISSE D CALLS Note: The m issed calls feature doe s not funct ion when y our phone is switche d off. Misse d calls a re calls tha t were ne ver ans were d. To view missed calls : 1 If 1 mis sed call appears in the display , press List .
24 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 2 When the phone num ber appears in t he display , pre ss Option s . 3 Scroll to an option and press Selec t to view or activate the option. OR 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Call lo g > M issed calls . 2 Scroll to a n ame or nu mber and press Opt ions . 3 Scroll to an option and press Selec t to view or activate the option. Call times Y ou c an dial, receive, or m iss up to five c alls to or from the same num ber and view th e t im e each call occurred. Y o ur clock must be set for this feature to work acc urately . 1 While viewin g a call, s elect Optio ns > Call time . 2 Press t he Sc roll dow n key to vie w the most recen t call times for this num ber; press Back to return to the option s list. ⢠DELETE CALL LOGS Y ou c an delete any dialed, received, or missed calls from phon e memory . 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Call lo g > Delet e re cent call li sts. 2 Select the call type y ou would like to clear ( All , Mi sse d , Received or Dial ed ). ⢠M IN IBRO WSER CA LLS The M inibrow ser is a ne twork servic e. See â Ne twork services â on page 3 for more information. If your w ireless service provider supports this feature, you c an view the size or durati on of sent o r received data from the M inibro wse r . S ee â Min ibrowser (Menu 1 0) â on page 65 for more in formation. Note: The ac tual ti me invo iced for c alls and s ervices b y your s ervice provider may va ry , depending on netw ork features, roundin g off for billing, tax es, and so fort h. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Call lo g > M inibr owser c alls. 2 Scroll to one of the follow ing options: Last sen t browser data â View t he size (KB) of the last send browser data. Last re ceived br ows er data â Vi ew th e s ize (KB ) o f th e las t rece ive d dat a. All sen t brow ser dat a â Vie w the size (KB) of all sent browser data. All re cei ved brow ser data â V iew the size (KB) of all received browser data. Last b rowser sessi on â View the du ration time of th e last browser session. All b row ser ses sions â View the duration tim e of all browser sessions. Cl ea r al l brow ser l ogs â Press OK > Ye s to c lear all browser logs.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 25 Copyright é 2004 Nokia M ess ag es (M en u 2 ) 7 Messages (Me nu 2) If you h ave su bscribed to a mess aging serv ice through your wi rel es s prov id er , you ca n send and rec eive text messa ges to compat ible phones that a lso subscr ibe to a c ompatible me ssage s ervice. Y o u can also lis ten to your voi cemail m essages, and you may be able to send a nd rece ive e- mail messa ges usi ng the M inibrow ser . When sendin g messages, your device may display the w ords â Mess age Sen t . â This i s an ind ication that the m essage has b een se nt by y our devi ce to the me ssage cent er num ber programmed into your devic e. This is not an indication t hat th e messa ge has been re ceive d at the in tended destin ation. For more deta ils, a bou t messagi ng ser vices, check wit h your servi ce pr ovider . Using spe cial (Unic ode) charact ers, such as ë , â , á , ì , takes up more s pace . If there are s pecial c haracte rs in y our mes sage, the in dicator may no t show th e messag e length correctly . Be fore the m essage is sent, the devic e tells y ou if the message exce eds th e maximu m length allowe d for one messa ge. Y ou can ca ncel se nding by pressi ng Cancel o r you can sav e th e mess age i n the i nbox . ⢠T EXT MESSAGES Write and send 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Messag es > Creat e text me ssage > Add nu m ber or Add e -mail . 2 Enter the recipient â s phone number or e- mail address, or press Se arch to retrieve a number from your con tacts list, th en press Selec t > OK. 3 Select Options > Enter text . Af ter a b rie f paus e, the mess age en tr y scre en appears in the display . 4 Compose a message using the keypad and press Optio ns > Send . Options When you create a text message, depending on th e mode of te xt input you are using and the features supporte d by your wireless service provid er , some or all of the follow ing options a re available : Sen d â Send th e message to one recipient. List re cipie nts â Se nd th e me ssa ge to m ore t han o ne reci pien t. Set ting s â Set th e prio rity of the message . Save message â Sel ect Archive t o s a v e t h e m e s s a g e i n y o u r a r c h i v e ; s e l e c t T emplates to save the m essag e as one of your predefine d template s. Clear text â Erase the text clipboard .
26 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Exi t editor â Save the mes sage to your arc hive au tomatic ally and leav e the message editor . Inse rt c ont act â In sert a na me from y our c ontac ts list into your messa ge. Inse rt nu mb er â Insert a phone number or find a phone num ber in t he contacts list. Use tem plat e â Ins ert a pre defined t emplate into your m essage. Inse rt pi ctur e â Insert a preloaded picture into you r message. Inse rt s mile y â In sert a sm iley face into your me ssage. Inse rt/E dit wo rd â Enter or edit the text of a n ew w ord that migh t no t appear in the predictiv e text dictionary . Inser t symbol â Ins ert a special chara cter into your message. Predictive text â Choos e a pr ed ic ti ve te xt lan gu age and tu rn pre dic ti ve te x t on or off. Mat ch es â Vie w matches fou nd in the dictionary for the word y ou wa nt to u se. TE M P L A T E S Te mpla tes are short, pre-written me ssages wh ich can be recalle d and inserted into new te xt messa g es wh en you are shor t on time . 1 At the st art screen, select Menu > Messa ges > Create text message > Add num be r or Ad d e-m ail . 2 Enter the recipient â s phone number or e-mail address, or press Sea rch to retrieve a number from your con tacts list, th en press Selec t > OK . 3 Select Options > Ent er te xt . 4 Select Options > Use tem pla te . 5 Scroll to one of the available te mplates and pres s Select . 6 En ter the te xt int o yo ur ne w m es sag e a nd se lect Options > Send . Read and reply When you receive a message, your phone beeps, and 1 messag e received and the unopened le tter ic on ( ) appears i n the display . 1 Press Sho w to read the mes sage, or Exi t to mo ve it t o y ou r inb o x. (W he n y ou have unopened messages in your inbox , is shown in t he uppe r left corner of the start s creen as a remin der .) Whe n read in g the m ess age, us e th e Scrol l up key or Scro ll down key to v iew th e whol e mess age if ne cessa ry . 2 Select Options > Reply . 3 Select a St art re pl y with option, th en compose your re ply using t he keypad. 4 Select Options > Sen d > Add n umber or Add e -ma i l .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 27 Copyright é 2004 Nokia M ess ag es (M en u 2 ) 5 Enter the recipient â s phone num ber , or press Sear ch t o retrieve a n umber from your con tacts list, the n pres s Se lec t > OK . 6 With th e recip ient high lighted, sele ct Opt ions > Sen d . When you read or reply to a text message, the following options are available: Delet e â D is card the m essa ge. Reply â Reply to th e mes sage. Create the mess age and press Op tions , then Sen d . Th e sende r â s phone numbe r or e-mail is use d as the default. Use n umber â Choose Save , Ad d to cont act , Send message , or Call . Sav e â Save the m essag e to a folde r . Forward â Forward the message to anoth er phone nu mber . Rename â Edit the tit le o f the me ssage . ⢠DISTRIB UTION LISTS Y o u can s end a te xt me ssage to multiple recipie nts at one tim e. First, yo u mu st create a distribution list us ing the entries in your c ontac ts list. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Messages > Text messages > Dis tribu tion Li st s . 2 Select Options > Add lis t . 3 Enter the name of the list and press OK . 4 With th e l ist highli ghted, selec t Option s > V ie w li st > Add co ntac t. 5 Highlight the cont act you wa nt to add to th e distribu tion list and press Select . 6 Highlight the phone number you want to add and press Selec t . Repeat steps 4 â 6 to add additional co ntacts to the distribu tion list. Send a message To send a me ssage to a ll cont acts in a distribution list: 1 At the start screen, select Menu > Messages > Create tex t message > Add list . 2 Highlight the distribution li st you are sending to and press OK . 3 Press Options > Enter t ext . 4 Compose a message using the keypad and press Op tions > Send . The m es sag e is sent to all recip ients in that dis tribution lis t. Options 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Messages > Text messages > Dist ri butio n li sts . 2 Highlight a distribut ion list and select Opt ions .
28 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 3 Scroll to an option and press Selec t to enter the submenu: Add lis t â C reate a distribution list us ing you r conta cts list. View l ist â View th e list of con tacts or num bers in a distribution list th at you have c reate d. Rename list â Renam e a dis tribution lis t that you hav e create d. Clear l ist â Delete the c ontac ts or numbe rs from a dis tribution list that you have c reate d. Del ete li st â Delet e a distribution list th at you ha ve c reated. ⢠MESSAGE FOLDERS Y ou can save drafts of messages or received messa ges to an existing folder or to a folder that you ha ve create d. Whi le v iewin g a messa ge sele ct Op tions > Sa ve message > Sent item s , T emplates , Arc hive , or a folder you have created on your own. View saved messages 1 At the start scree n, select M enu > Mes s age s > Tex t me ssa ges . 2 Scroll to the folder containing the m essa ge you wish to view and press Sel ect . 3 Once the folder opens, s croll to the m essage you wish to vi ew and press Selec t to open the messa ge. INBOX Messages a re automatically stored in the inbox after they have been read or if you press Back wh e n 1 message re ceiv ed appears on the start screen . SENT IT EMS Message s tha t you hav e sent ar e auto matical ly store d in t he sent items fold er . ARCH IVE Stor e messages t hat have been read and t hat yo u want to ke ep in th e Ar chive fol der . TE M P L A T E S Pictures and prewritten templates are stored in t he Te m p l a t e s folder . Preloaded template s can be ed ited and cu stomize d. For more in formation on using tem plates, see â Te mp l at e sâ on page 26. MY FOLDERS K eep your messages organized by crea ting custom folders and saving some of your mes sages there . To add a folder: 1 At the st art screen, select Menu > Messa ges > T ext messages > My folders > Options > Ad d fo lder .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 29 Copyright é 2004 Nokia M ess ag es (M en u 2 ) 2 Enter a nam e for the ne w folder and pre ss OK . To rename a folder: 1 At the st art screen , se lec t Menu > Messages > T ext messages > My folders . 2 Any folde rs that you h ave cre ated appear in the disp lay . Scroll to the folder you wish to rename and sele ct O pt ions > Re name fold er . 3 Enter the n ew nam e for the folde r and press OK to co nf ir m or Back to exit. To delete a folder: Only folde rs creat ed in My fold er s can be deleted. The In box , Se nt item s , Ar chiv e , and Temp lates folders ar e prot ect ed. When you del ete a fo lder , all mess ages in the folder are also delete d. 1 At the st art screen , se lec t Menu > Messages > T ext messages > My folders . 2 Scroll to th e folder y ou wis h to rem ove and select Op tions > D ele te f older . 3 Press OK to delet e o r Back to exit. ⢠MESSAGE SETTINGS Sending options 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Messag es > Text mes sages > Message sett ings > Se ndin g options . 2 Scroll to th e se tting you wish to change and pres s Se lec t : Prior ity â Set t h e mess age p rio ri ty as Ur gent or Nor mal . Deli ver y no te â A n ote is se nt to yo u co nfirming de livery of the me ssage. Select On or Off . Send callback n umber â A callback number is sent to th e recipient. Select Of f or your phon e num ber . Settings When the message memory is full, your ph one can not send or receive any new messages. Howev er , you c an set y our phone to automatically replace old me ssages in the Inbox an d Outbox fold ers w hen new ones arrive . 1 At the st art screen, select Menu > Messages > T ext mess ages > Message set ting s > O the r sett ing s . 2 Scroll to th e se tting you wish to change and pres s Se lec t . Mes sa ge fo nt size â Select Sma ll fo nt or Large font . Mess age ov erwr iting â Select Sent ite ms on ly , Inbox on ly , Sen t ite m s & inbox , or Of f . Save t o sen t items as send in g â Se lect Alw ays sa ve , Al wa ys pr om pt , or Off .
30 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠DELETE MESSAGES If your message memory is full an d you have mor e messages waiting at the network, or blinks on start screen. Y ou can do the following : ⢠Read some of the unread messages and t hen delete them. ⢠Delete messages from some of your folders. A single message To delete a single message, you need to open it first. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Mes sa ge s > Tex t m ess ag es . 2 Scro ll to th e f old er co nt ainin g the m es sage you wi sh to de lete a nd pr es s Select . 3 Scroll to th e message you wish to de lete and press Sel ect . 4 Select Options > Delet e . 5 Press OK to d el ete the mes sage or Back to ex it. All messages in a folder 1 At the st art screen, select Menu > Messages > T ext mess ages > Delet e messag es > All , All rea d , All un read , Inb ox , Sen t i tem s , or Ar ch ive . 2 Scroll t o the folder containing the messages you wish to delete and press Select . Impor tant : If you select A ll read (or Al l u nre ad ), it deletes any me ssages which have been read (or unread) in all o f t he fo lders . If you se lec t All , all of the message s in all of th e fol der s are del e ted . 3 Press OK to em pt y th e fo ld er . ⢠V OICE MESSAGES If you subscribe to voice mail, your wirele ss provider will furnish you with a voic em ai l nu mbe r . When yo u rec eive a vo icemail message, yo ur pho ne lets y ou know by be ep ing , d is pla y ing a m essa ge, or both. If you re ceive more than on e message, your phone shows the number of v oicemail messages received. Save voicemail number 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Messages > V oi ce messages > V oice mai lbox n umbe r . After a brief paus e, the Mailbox num ber screen appears i n the displ ay . 2 If the box is empty , enter the voic emai l ar ea code and number . Y o ur wireless provider m ay have a lready saved you r voicem ail number to y our phone. If s o, th e number w ill appear in the dis play . Press OK to leave the number unc hange d. 3 Press OK .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 31 Copy right é 2004 Nok ia M ess ag es (M en u 2 ) Call and setup your voice mail 1 Once you have s aved the v oicem ail nu mber , pre ss an d hold the 1 key . 2 When you connect to voice m ail and the prere corded greeting begins, follow the serv ice â s automa ted instructions to setup your voice mail. Listen to your voice mail messages Once you have setup voice mail, you can retrieve your voicemail messages several ways: ⢠Dial the voice mailbox number u sing the keyp ad. ⢠Pr ess a nd ho ld t he 1 key . ⢠Pres s Li sten if there is a notification message in the display . ⢠At the st art screen, select Menu > M essage s > V o ic e message s > Listen to vo ice m ess ag es . Once you connect to voic e mail and the prerecorded greeting begin s, follow the autom ated instruct ions to li sten to you r voi cemail me ssages . Automate voice mail Y o u c an in ser t sp eci al ch arac te rs ca lled â dia ling co de s â i nt o ph one num ber s su ch as v oic e ma i l, a n d sa ve th e n umb er to a 1 -t ou ch d ia li ng lo cati on. Dialing codes instruct the receiving system to pau se, wait, bypass, or accept the numbe rs that follow them i n the d iali ng string. Note: V o ice mail s ervic es var y by ser vice pr ov ider . The fo llo win g instru cti ons are examples of common oper ations . Please check with your servi ce provid er for specific instruct ions for u sing your voic e ma il service. WRITE DO WN VOICEMA IL NUMBER AND PROCESS 1 Write down your voice mailbox number . 2 Call a nd check your voice ma il as you normally would. 3 Write down your in teraction with the reco rded prompts step-by-step. K eep in mind tha t each v oice mail s ervice ma y vary . Howe ver , it shou ld look some thing like th is: Dial 2 1455 5 12 12, paus e 5 seconds, press 1 , p aus e 2 s econds, pres s 12 34, p ress pound key . Impor tant : Be precise ; you will nee d this informatio n in â Setup voice ma il with dialin g codes â on page 32. INSE RT D IAL ING CODES Press t he * key repeatedly to c ycle through dialing c odes. Once th e desired code appears in the display , pause briefly and the code is inserted into the dialing string.
32 Copyright é 2004 Nokia The foll owi ng dial ing code s are availa ble : SETUP VOICE MAIL WITH D IALIN G COD ES 1 At the start scree n, select Contacts > 1-to uch d ia lin g . 2 Scroll to an empty 1-touc h dialing slot and press Assi gn . 3 Enter you r voice mailbox nu mber , incl uding the area code . 4 Refer to dialing codes and ente r any codes as n ec essary using the information that you wrote down from page 3 1. For examp le, i f yo u pause for 5 seco nds after connecti ng to v oice mail , enter p twice afte r th e voi ce m ai lb ox nu mb er , for exa mple , 2 1 455 5 12 12 pp . 5 Enter any remaining paus es or other information th at allow s you to listen to your mes sages, and press OK . 6 Enter a name (su ch as V oice Mail ) and press OK . To dial and list en to your v oice ma il, ju st press and h old th e assigne d 1-touch dialing key at t he start screen. View details of l a st voice mail Y o u can vie w inform ation abou t your la st rece ived vo ice mail. At the star t scr een, select Men u > Messag es > V oice mes sages > View details of last v oice ma il . Clear voicemail icon To clear the new voic email icon from th e start scre en, select Menu > Messa ges > V oice messages > Clear voi cemail icon . ⢠MIN IBRO WSER MESSAGES Minibrowser messaging is a network se rvice. See â Network services â on page 3 for more inform ation. If your wire less service provider supports this feature, y ou can check for e-mail mes sages using the Minibrow se r . At the start scree n, se lect Menu > Messag es > Min ibr owser me ssages > Connect. See â Minibrow ser (Menu 10) â on p age 65 for m ore informat ion on us ing the Mini bro wse r in your ph one to access web pages. Dialin g code Indic ates... * Bypass es a set of instr uct ion s. p P au ses for 2.5 s econds before send ing any nu mbers that foll ow . w W aits fo r you to press the Talk key before sending the numbe rs or codes that follow .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 33 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Do wnloads (Men u 4) 8 Downloads (Menu 4) The Down loads me nu g ives you a cces s to im ages , tone s, games, applic ations, and more. You can also us e the Mini bro wse r in your ph one to dow nload ne w content to the Dow nload s menu . Copyright protection s may prevent some images, tones, and other con tent from being copied, mo dified, transferred, or forwarded. Only in stall source s that offer ade quate prote ction against h armful software. ⢠DOWNLOADS Some co ntent has already be en downloaded in to your phon e. To view the cont ent: 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Down load s > Im ages , To n e s , Gam e s , Appli cat ions , or Other . 2 Scroll to th e item of your c hoice and press Sele ct to start the a pplicatio n. ⢠NEW DOWN LOA DS Y ou can download new i tems using eith er the Downloa ds m e n u o r t h e Minibr owser menu in your ph one. Using the Down loads menu: 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Down load s > Im age s , Ton es , Game s , Appli cat ions , or Othe r . 2 Highlight Get n ew and press Selec t . The Minib rowse r lau nch es and tak es you t o th e co rresp on ding d ow nloa d men u . Using the Minibrowse r menu: 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Min ibrow ser > Co nnect . 2 Once the Min ibrow ser is connected, navigate to the de sired homepage and follow the appropriate instruction s to download y our content. ⢠GAMES Challenge yourself or a frie nd to one of the fun games in y our phone . Note: So me me nus li st ed ar e ne tw or k se r vic es. C on t act y our wi re l ess provider for more inform ation. Play a game 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Do wn l oad s > Games. 2 Scroll to a gam e and press Options > Pl ay .
34 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 3 Scroll to on e of the follow ing options (if support ed by the particular game ) and press Se lec t : New game â Starts a new game. High sc ores â View the high scores for th is game (if previously played). Inst ruc tio ns â View instructions for playing the game. Use the Scr oll dow n ke y to read more. To adjust the sounds, li ghts, or vibrating effects of your ph one, see â Game sett i ng s â on page 5 4. Options While viewing the list o f games, hi ghlight a game and press Options : Play â Press Selec t to begin playing the game . Delet e â Sele ct OK to perma nently delete the gam e from th e gam es list. Dat a acc ess â Y ou might need to acce ss the web u sing th e Min ibrow ser menu i n your phon e in order to pl ay the game. Select Ask fi rst , Allowe d , or Not allow ed . Det ails â View the properties of the selected game. So rt â Arrange th e games in the games list according to your pre ference. Select By nam e , By date , By format , or By size . ⢠MEMORY Y ou can view th e fre e an d used mem ory o f the f unctio ns in the Dow nl oad s menu. At the start scree n, select Menu > Down load s > Memo ry .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 35 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Organizer (M enu 5) 9 Organizer (Menu 5) Y o ur phone c ontains fe atures to h elp organiz e your ev eryday life, includi ng an alarm cloc k, cale ndar , to-do lis t, voice recorder , calculator , cou ntdown time r , stopwatc h, and calorie calculator . ⢠ALARM CLOCK Set an alarm The alarm clock is based on the phone clock. It sounds an alert any tim e you specify and ev en work s if the ph one is tu rned of f. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Or ga ni zer > Ala r m cl ock > Alar m time . 2 Enter the time for the a larm (in hh:m m format) and pre ss OK . 3 Select am or pm . Ala rm on appears briefly in the display and appears on the start sc reen . Set an alarm tone Y o u can s et wh ich tone is playe d whe n the alarm s ounds. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Or ga ni zer > Ala r m cl ock > Ala rm to ne . 2 Highlight the tone of your ch oice and press Selec t . Alarm conditions When the alarm sounds, your phone pl ays the al arm tone you have select ed and the s tart screen ligh ts up. 1 With th e phone on, pres s Stop to shut the alarm off, or press Snoo ze . The alarm st ops for 1 0 minutes and Snoo ze on appears in the display . 2 While snoozing, press St op to turn the alarm off. Note: If you do not press a key , the alarms stops (snoozes) for 5 minut es, and then sound s again. If the alarm tim e is reached whil e the phone is switched off, the phone switches itself on and starts sounding the alarm tone. If you press St op , the de vice a sks whet her yo u want to a ctivate the pho ne for ca lls. Press No to switch off t he phone or Ye s to make and receive c alls. Do not press Ye s whe n wir el ess phon e u se may cause interfe rence or danger . T urn an alarm off At the star t scre en, sel e ct Menu > Organizer > A larm cl ock > A lar m time > Off .
36 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠CALENDA R The calendar keeps track of r eminders, calls you need to make, meetings, and birthdays. It can ev en sound an alarm for any of these e vents. Mont hly vie w pr ovide s an ov erv iew of th e se lec ted mon th an d we ek s. It also all ows you to jump to a specific date. Any days or da tes that appear in bold font contain calenda r notes s uch as a mee ting or rem inder . Open At the start sc reen, selec t Menu > Organi ze r > Cal end ar . Y ou can move the cursor in some calen dar views by using the Four-way scroll keys. Go to a date 1 At the start s creen, s elect Menu > Organiz er > Calendar > Opt ions > Go to date . 2 Enter the date (for exampl e, 05/15/200 4) and pres s OK . Make a note Y ou c an choose from five ty pes of note s: Meeti ng , Call , Birthday , Mem o , and Remin der . Y our ph one asks for furth er informatio n depending on which note you choose. Y ou also h ave the option to se t an alarm for any note that you selec t. 1 Go to the da te for which you want to se t a reminder . (See â Go to a date â in the previous s ection if you need more inform ation.) 2 From the monthly view ( with th e go to date hi ghlighted) , select Option s > Make a note . 3 Scroll to one of the follow ing note types and press Selec t : Meeti ng â Y ou are prompted to enter a subject, location, and a start/end tim e. Call â You are prompted to enter a ph one nu mber , a name, and th e time . Birthday â Y ou are prompted to enter the pers on â s name, and year of birth. Me mo â Y ou are prom pted to enter a subje ct and an end date. Reminder â Y ou are prompt ed to ente r the su bject you wish to be re minded about. 4 Enter yo ur not e, sele ct Opt ions > Sav e . 5 Choose whet her you want to set an alarm, enter the alarm time, and press OK . View notes Afte r you ha ve c reate d some calend ar n otes, you ca n vie w the m as fo llows : 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > O rga niz er > C al end ar . 2 Scroll to th e dat e contain ing the note. (Any days c ontaini ng no tes will be in bold font.) 3 Select Options > View day or W eek view . 4 To view a high lighted n ote, s elect Optio ns > View .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 37 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Organizer (M enu 5) Options w hile viewing a list of notes Press Options > Sel ect while viewing the body of a note or th e he ader of a note to activate an option or enter its subm enu: View â View th e fu ll not e. Make a note â Crea te a n ew n ote for the sel ected date. Delet e â D elete the sel ected note . Edit â Edit the s elected n ote. Mov e â M ove th e selec ted no te t o anot her da te on you r cale ndar . Repeat â Enable the selected note to recur on a re gular basis (da ily , weekly , b i - w e e k l y, m o n t h l y, a n d y e a r l y ) . Go to d ate â Jump to anothe r date on your calendar . Send note â s e n d t h e n o t e t o a n o t h e r d e v i c e u s i n g I R , t e x t m e s s a g e , o r i n v C a l f o r m a t . Copy â Co py the note. Y ou can the n p aste th e note to ano ther da te. Set ting s â Set th e date and time, da te and ti me forma t, the da y e ach we ek start s and whe ther y ou want y our no tes to a uto-dele te after a specifi ed time . Go t o to -do list â Takes you t o the to -do list for the s elected date . Send a note Note: If sendin g a note using IR , ensure the oth er device is set to receive data using IR. For m ore information on en abling the IR of th e receivi ng device, refer to the user guide for the rec eiving devic e. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > O rga niz er > C al end ar . 2 Scroll to the date con taining the note you w ish to send. (Any da ys cont aining notes wi ll be in bo ld font.) 3 Select Options > View day . 4 Scroll to th e n ote you wish to s end, a nd selec t Options > View . 5 Selec t Opti ons > Send note > Via in frar ed , Vi a ca lend ar , or Via text messa ge . If you sele cted Via infrared , activa te the IR port of the oth er device , align the IR ports of both de vices, and press Se lect . If you sele cted Via calend ar , e nter the n umber for the recipie nt, or press Sea rch to retrieve a n umber from the co ntacts list, and pres s OK . If you sele cted Via text m essage , the note appears in t he display . 6 Select Options > Sen d > Add numb er . 7 Ent er t he nu mber for the r eci pien t, or p ress Sea rch to retrie ve a n umber from the c ontacts li st, th en pre ss Selec t > OK . 8 Select Options > Sen d .
38 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Receive note s When you receive a Calendar note , your phone displays Calenda r note rec eived . Y ou can then s ave the note in your Cal endar and se t an alar m for any date and ti me. View notes 1 When your phone displays Cal enda r no te re ce ived , p re ss Sh ow . 2 Scroll to v iew th e enti re m essag e, if n ecessary . Save notes After vie wing th e calen dar note, s elect Opt ions > Sav e . Discard notes After vie wing th e calen dar note, s elect Opt ions > Disc ard . ⢠T O-DO LIST Y o u can ke ep track of yo ur tasks w ith the to-do list feature . Y ou may be ab le to save up to 30 notes, de pending o n their l eng th. To-do notes a re not related t o s pe c if ic d at es . Create a to-do note 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Organizer > T o-do list > Op tions. If this is your first time t o use the to-do list, Ad d is highlighte d. 2 Press Se lec t , en ter your to-do note, and select Option s > Save > Hi gh , Me dium , or Lo w (pri ori ty) . Options 1 Press Options w hile viewing t he header of a note or the body of a not e: View â See all th e properties of th e to-do n ote. Ad d â Add a n ew to-do note . Delet e â D iscard the s elected to-do no te. Sort by dead line â Arrange the to-do n otes accordin g to high, medium , or low priority . Sen d â Send a to-d o note to a compatible phone using IR, calendar , or text m ess age. Go to cale nda r â Vi ew th e c alen dar (mo nth ly vi ew). Sa ve to cal enda r â Sa ve th e selec ted to-do note as an e vent i n the c alen dar . 2 Press Se lec t to activa te an option or e nter its s ubmenu .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 39 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Organizer (M enu 5) ⢠V OICE RECORDER This feature allow s you to re cord pieces of speech or sound with y our phone and listen to t hem la ter . The tot al availa ble time is approximate ly 180 secon ds if no memos have b een stored. The max imum le ngth of a recordin g depends on h ow much m emory re mains available. Record speech or sound 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Organizer > V oice re cord er > Record. 2 After the recorde r start tone is heard, begin re cording speech or sound. 3 When you ar e fin ished rec or ding, pre ss St op . 4 Enter the title you wish to a ssign to t he rec ording and pre ss OK . Options After you have s aved the recordin g to the Rec ordin gs lis t, highlight th e recording, press Se lec t , then c hoose one of th e following option s: ⢠Select Playback to lis ten to the recording using th e earpiece . ⢠Selec t Delete to erase the recordi ng. ⢠Selec t Edit ti tl e to r ename the recording. ⢠Selec t Add al arm to add an ala rm to the recordi ng. Th e reco rder ca nnot be us ed wh en a d ata cal l i s act ive. ⢠CALCULATOR The calculator i n your phon e adds, subtracts, multiplie s, divides, calculates the square and the square root, and convert s currency valu es. Note: This ca lculator ha s a lim ited accu racy an d is designed for simple ca lculations . 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > O rga niz er > C al cula tor . 2 Enter the first n umber in the c alculatio n. Press t he # ke y fo r a decim al p oint if ne cess ary . 3 Press t he * key to cycle throu gh th e add ( ), sub tract (-), mu ltiply ( * ), and di vi de (/ ) charac ters . P ause bri e fl y to sele ct the dis pl aye d ch ar ac ter . To perform a square or sq uare root calcu lation, select Options > Sq uar e or Squa re root . 4 Enter the second num ber in y our calcula tion. 5 Press Options (equ als is highlighted) and press Sele ct .
40 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Convert currency Y ou can con ver t foreign currency to domest ic, or vi ce ve rsa. 1 At the start screen, enter a curren cy a mount to conv ert. 2 Select Options > To h o m e or To fore i gn . To h o m e â c onverts fore ign curre ncy to domestic c urrency . To f o r e i g n â c onverts dom estic cu rrency to foreign c urrency . If you have not done so alre ady , you are prompte d to enter the exchange rate. 3 Enter the excha nge rate (press the # key to inse rt a decim al) a nd press OK . Exchange rate Y ou can a lso e dit th e excha nge ra te at any t ime . Note: When yo u cha nge b ase c urre ncy , you must key in the ne w ra tes beca use all previously se t excha nge rates are set to zero. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > O rga niz er > C al cula tor > O ptions > Exchange r ate > F oreig n units i n home uni ts or Home uni ts in forei gn units . Fo re ign un it s in home unit s â The numbe r of home units i t tak es to ma ke o ne unit of fore ign curre ncy . Home un it s in forei g n uni t s â The nu mber of foreign units it take s to mak e one un it of your h ome cu rrency . 2 Enter the exchange rate and press OK . ⢠COUNTDOWN TIMER Y o u can e nter a s pecified time ( up to 99 hours a nd 59 minute s). Whe n the tim e runs out, your phone sounds an alarm. Note: The co untdown tim er only wo rks when the phon e is on. Once you turn off y our phone , the timer is no longer acti ve. Some time rs, including the life tim er , may be reset d uring servic e or soft ware upgrades. Set the c ou ntdown timer 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Or gan iz er > Co un tdo wn timer . 2 Enter the time (in hh:m m format) and press OK . 3 Enter a not e for the timer and press OK . The icon appears on th e start screen when the cou ntdown timer is set. When the time runs out, your phone sounds an alarm , displays the t imer note , and the sta rt screen lights up. Press any ke y during t he ala rm to st op the tim er . After 30 se conds the tim er alert e xpires automa tically .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 41 Copy right é 2004 Nok ia Organizer (M enu 5) Change the tim e After you have s et the timer , you ca n change the time. 1 At the star t screen , select Men u > Organizer > C ountdown tim er > Chan ge time . 2 Enter the new tim e and pre ss OK . 3 Leav e the note as it wa s, or en ter a new note and press OK . Stop the timer before the alarm sounds After you have s et the ti mer , you can s top the timer . At the start scree n, select Menu > Or gan iz er > Co un tdo wn timer > Stop t im er . ⢠STOPW ATCH Y our pho ne has a stopwatch th at can b e used to track t ime. The stopwatch displays tim e in hours , minut es, sec ond s and fract ions of a second (i n h h:mm:ss:s format). Using the stopwatch or allowing it to run in the background when using other features increases the demand on batte ry power and reduces the batte ry life. Measure time 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Organizer > Stop watc h > Sp lit t iming . 2 Press St art to begin timing. The running time is dis played on the screen. 3 Press St op to end the tim ing. The tota l time is dis played on the s creen. 4 Select Options > Sta rt, Sa ve , or Reset . 5 If you sele cted Sa ve , e nter a name for the measurement and press OK . Measure split time Y o u can use the sp lit time fun ction for s uch th ings as a long d istance race when you ne ed to pa ce yo urself. 1 At the sta rt screen, select Menu > Organiz er > Stopwatch > Split timing > Star t . 2 Press Split to n ote the lapsed time. The timer conti nues to run. The split time appea rs below the running time . If you spl it th e time more th an once, the new m easure d tim e appears at th e beginnin g of the list. Y ou can scroll to see prev ious measured time s. 3 Press St op to end the s plit t iming. Measure lap time Y o u can us e the la p time function when you want to track how long it takes to com plete e ach cycle or lap. 1 At t h e sta rt sc reen , sele ct Men u > Or g a ni z er > St op watch > Lap ti ming > Star t .
42 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 2 Press Lap to n ot e th e lap t ime . The clock stops, then starts immediately from zero. The lap time appears below the ru nning tim e. If you tak e more tha n one lap time , the n ew m easured tim e appears at the beginning of the list. Y ou can scroll to see previous measu red times . When y ou p res s Stop , th e to ta l tim e a pp e ar s a t the to p. Save lap time 1 While the cloc k is runnin g, se lect Stop > Op tions > Save . 2 Enter a name for the measure ment and press OK . If you do not enter a name, the total ti me is used as the default title or the lap time. Options Y ou c an choose from the followin g options when using the stopwatch: Co ntin ue â Shows u p only when th e stopwatch is w orking in the background. Show la st time â Allows you to vi ew th e last measure d time. Split tim ing â Start t he stopwatch u sing split timing. Lap ti min g â Start the stopwatch using lap t iming. View ti me s â Allow s you to brow se the saved time s. Delet e times â Allows you to d elete any save d times . Y ou can dele te the saved time s one by one or all at once . Operation note If you pr ess the End ke y and retu rn to the sta rt scre en, the clock con t in ue s to ru n in th e ba c k g rou nd and t h e icon appears in the upper left c orner of the scree n. To return to th e stopw atch screen s: 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Organizer > Stop watc h > Co ntin ue. 2 To stop the clock, press Stop . ⢠CALORIE CALCULATOR The calorie c alculator estim ates the amount of energy u sed in various ph ysical activitie s. The energy us ed depend s on age , weight, and gender . Y o u can save up to 1 0 activitie s in y our pho ne. Th e cal or ie cal cu lat or prov ides gene ral measu rem ent s fo r per son al us e that ma y vary from s cientif ic measureme nts.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 43 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Organizer (M enu 5) Save personal data 1 At th e start scr een, se lect Menu > Organizer > Calorie calcul a t or > Sett ings . 2 Enter We ig h t , Ag e , Gender , and if desired, change the Wei g ht f o rm a t, Calo rie fo rma t, o r V e loc ity fo rma t . 3 Press OK or Se le ct after ea ch e ntry to s ave th e data. Select an activity 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Organizer > Calorie calcu lat or > Act iv iti es > Add new , or press Options > Add new . 2 Scroll to a n activit y and press Selec t . 3 If prompted, scro ll to an intensity level and pres s Sele ct . 4 Enter the duration of the a ctivity (in hh:m m format) and press OK . 5 Press OK to sa ve the a ctivity . Add, edit, and delete activ ities 1 T o edi t ac tiv it ies , press Options while in the Act ivi ti es me nu. 2 Y o u can now add a new a ctivit y , edit an exis ting one, to tal the c alorie am ount of all saved activities, or delete an ac tivity . 3 To del ete a ll a cti vi ties at on ce, se lec t Me nu > Orga nizer > Calorie ca lcula tor > Delet e a ll > OK .
44 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 1 0 Profiles (Menu 6) The Prof iles menu defines h ow your phone re acts w hen yo u re ce ive a ca ll or mess age , how yo ur keyp ad sou nd s when you press a key , and more. Ringing options, keypad tones, and othe r settings for each of the availab le profiles can be left at their default sett ing, or customized to suit your needs . The following profiles a re available: Norm al , Sile nt , Meetin g , Ou tdoor , and P ager . Profiles are also avai lable for enha ncement s such as a headset and car kit. Se e â Enhance ment s ettingsâ on page 55 for more information about enhance ment profiles. ⢠ACTIVATE 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Pro files . 2 Scroll to th e profile of you r choice and pre ss Sele ct . 3 Scroll to Acti vate and pres s Select . ⢠C USTOMIZE Y ou c an customize any of the profiles a variety of ways . 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Pro files . 2 Scroll to th e profile you wis h to cu stomize and pres s Se lec t . 3 Scroll to Custom ize and press Sel ect . 4 Select the option you want to custom ize ( In comi n g c all al er t , R ing ing to ne , Rin ging vo lume , Vibrating alert , Me ssage al ert t one , Key p a d to ne s , Warnin g tone s , or Aler t f or ). ⢠SET A TIMED PRO FILE Timed profiles can be used to prevent missed ca lls. F or example , suppose you attend an event that requ ires your phone be set to Sile nt before the ev en t star ts, but you forget t o return it to Nor mal until long aft er the event. A tim ed profile can prevent missed calls by return ing your ph one to the default profile at a time you specify . Note: Timed profiles c an be set up to 24 hours in adva nce. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Pro files . 2 Scroll to th e p rofile you wish t o activ ate a nd set for tim ed ex piration a nd press Se lec t . 3 Scroll to Timed and press Sel ect . 4 Enter the ti me for th e profile to e xpire and press OK .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 45 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Settings (Menu 7) 1 1 Settings (Menu 7) Y ou c an change cert ain settings so that yo ur phone suits you r speci f ic ne eds. Within this menu , you can modify the settings of the Ri ght s elect ion k ey (t he Go to menu ), the t ime and date, the sta rt scree n, and more. Y ou can als o use thi s menu to create voice comman ds for sev eral of the featu res in you r pho ne an d to activa te IR . ⢠V OICE COMMANDS Y ou can set as many as five voice commands, which allow handsfree operation of certain phone features. Add a voice t ag Bef ore u sin g vo ice commands, you m ust first add a voice tag to t he phone fu nction. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Se tt ings > V oice comm and s . 2 Select the phone func tion you wish to tag ( Pr ofiles , V o ice m ailbox , Radio , Infr are d , V oi ce re cord e r or Call lo g ). 3 If necessa ry , scroll to an option associate d with that function and press Select . 4 Select Options > Add comm and . 5 Press St art , and spe ak t he voic e ta g clea rly into the mic rophone . Note: Do not p ress Quit unl ess you wan t to ca ncel th e rec ording. The phon e replays and then saves the recorded tag. The icon appears next to commands which hav e voice tags assigned. Activate a voice command Afte r you ha ve as soc iated a voic e ta g with a pho ne fun ction, you can i ssue a com mand by spea ki ng th e voi ce t ag. 1 Press and hold Co ntac ts (or Go to) . 2 When Please speak now appears, pronounce the voice tag clearly into the mi crophone. When the pho ne finds th e voice tag, Found appears, and the phone plays the recognized voic e tag through the earpiece. The function y ou requested is activ ated. Options After you have a ssociated a voice tag to a comma nd, highlight t he voic e comma nd and choose from on e of the follow ing options:
46 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠Select Playback to lis ten to t he voic e comm and tag. ⢠Selec t Cha n g e to change the voice c ommand. ⢠Selec t Del et e t o erase the vo ice c ommand tag. Be f or e u si n g vo i ce ta g s, n o te th at : ⢠V oic e ta gs are n ot lang uag e-d epe nde nt. They are de p en den t on the sp eaker ' s voic e. ⢠Y ou m ust say the name exactly as y ou said it when you recorded it. ⢠V o ice tags are sens itive to backgro und noise . Recor d voice tag s and us e them in a quiet en vironment. ⢠V ery shor t nam es are not a ccept ed. Use l ong n ames an d avoi d sim ilar n ames for diffe rent num b ers. Note: Using voic e tags may be difficult in a nois y environme nt or during a n emergen cy , so you should n ot rely so lely upon v oice dia ling in all circumsta nces. ⢠R IGHT SELECTION KEY SETTINGS Y o u can ch ange the functio n of the Right se lecti on key on your ph one so th at your most frequently used function s can be qui ckly accesse d from th e start screen. Select options 1 At the start s creen, sele ct Me nu > Setti ngs > Right sel ect ion key settin gs > Selec t o pt ions . 2 Use the Scro l l up or Sc roll d own k ey to highlight the desired functions from the list of availa ble functions . 3 Press Mar k to select a fu nction or press Unm ark to rem ove a fu nctio n. Note: Contacts cannot be unm arked from the list. 4 Press Done when you have added all de sired functions. 5 Select Ye s to save the change s. At the start scree n, Go to is now the optio n for the Rig ht select ion key on your phon e. 6 Press Go t o to di splay a list of t he functions that y ou sele cted i n step 3. Organize 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Sett ings > R ight s ele ctio n key setti n gs > Org a ni z e .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 47 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Settings (Menu 7) 2 Use t he Scro l l up ke y o r th e Scro ll do wn key to hi ghlight the function you wish to rearra nge and select Move . 3 Select Move up , Move down , Mo ve to t op , or Move to bottom . 4 Press Done > Ye s to s ave th e cha nges. ⢠C ALL S ETTIN GS Location info sharing Location info sha ring is a n etwork se rvice. See â Network se rvices â on page 3 for more inform ation. If your wire less s ervice provide r supports this feature, th en location info sharing allows the phone to share position info rmation over the n etwork. For calls to em ergenc y n umbe rs, t his pos ition info rmati on m ay be us ed by t he em erge nc y operator to dete rmine th e position of t he phone. The function ality and accuracy of this fea ture is de pendent on the ne twork, s atellite sys tems, and the agency receiving t he inform ation. It may n ot functi on in a ll areas or at all tim es. Note: L ocation informa tion w ill alway s be share d with t he network during emergenc y calls to th e official eme rgency num ber programmed in to the phone, regardless of which setting is selected. After placing an emergency call the phone remain s in eme rgency mode for fiv e minutes. During th is time, the location i nformation will be s hared wit h the n etwork. For m ore information, s ee â Em ergenc y calls â on page 7 2 . At the start scree n, select Menu > Sett in gs > Call sett ings > Locati on info sha ring > 91 1 o n l y or Locati on on > OK . 91 1 o n l y â This is the phone default profi le. The phone â s loca tion inform ation is shared only during an emergen cy call to the official emergency number programmed into your phone. The phone displays on the start sc reen. Lo cat ion on â Th e ph one locat io n in for mat ion i s s hare d wi th th e net wor k wh enev er the phon e is powered on and act ivated. The phone displays on the start screen. Anykey answ er Anykey a nswer allow s you to an swer an in comin g call by briefly pres sing an y key exce pt t he Po w e r key , L eft selecti on key , Rig ht sele ct ion key , or En d ke y . At the start scree n, select Menu > Set tings > Cal l se ttings > Any key an swe r > On or Off .
48 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Automatic redial Occas ionally , your n etwork may ex perience heavy traffic, result ing in a fast busy signal when y ou dial. With automatic redial activated, your pho ne redials the number up to 1 0 times, and notifie s you once the net work is available. At the start s creen , select M enu > S ettin gs > Call se ttin gs > Au tomati c red ial > On or Off . 1-touch dialing At the start s creen , select Me nu > Se tti ng s > Ca ll se tt ing s > 1- touc h d iali ng > On or Off . For more informat ion on setti ng up 1-touch dialing, s ee â Set up 1 -touch dia ling â on page 1 8. Automatic update of service Y ou c an program your phone to automatically receive updates from the network that may im prove coverage and performance. At the st art sc ree n, se lec t M enu > S ettin gs > C all se ttings > Aut omati c upd ate of s ervic e > On or Of f . Calling card If you u se a c alling card for long dis tance c alls, you can sav e the calling ca rd numbers in your phone. Y our phone can s tore up to four calling c ards. SA VE INFO RMATIO N 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Sett in gs > Call sett ings > Cal ling ca rd . 2 Enter you r security code (the default s ecurity code is 123 45 ) and press OK . 3 Scroll to one of the four me mory loca tions and select Opt ions > Edit > O K > Dia ling se que nce . 4 Select one of t he following sequen ce types: Access no. phone no. ca rd no. â D ial 1-8 00 acces s number , pho ne numb er , th en card numb er ( PIN i f req uire d) Acces s no. car d no. ph on e no. â Dial 1-80 0 access nu mber , card number ( PIN if requ ired), then ph one numbe r Pre fix ph one n o. card n o. â Di al th e pref ix ( num bers that m ust prec ede the pho ne num ber) and phone number you wa nt to dial, the n card nu mber ( PIN if required) 5 Enter the re quired inform ation (acc ess number or prefix and card nu mber) and press OK to confirm your ent ries.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 49 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Settings (Menu 7) 6 Scroll to Card name and press Sele ct . 7 Enter the card na me and press OK . Note: Contact you r callin g card compa ny for m ore informatio n. MAKE CAL LS After you hav e saved your callin g card informatio n in your phone , you can m ake a call u sing your ca lling card. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set ting s > Call s ett in gs > Cal lin g card . 2 Enter you r security code (the default s ecurity code is 123 45 ) and press OK . 3 Scroll to th e calling card of y our choic e, select Optio ns > Selec t > OK . 4 Press t he End key to return t o the s tart scre en; the n ente r the phone number , including a ny prefix (suc h as 0 or 1 ), that your callin g card m ay require whe n you ma ke a c alling ca rd call. See your c alling ca rd for instruction s. 5 Press and hold the Ta l k ke y for a few seconds until Card call is displayed. 6 When you hear the tone or sys tem me ssage , press OK . Receive data or fax calls Data or fax calls is a Netw ork Service. See â Network services â on page 3 for more inform ation. If your w irele ss service prov ider sup por ts this feat ure, th en you can set up th e phone to send or re ceiv e data or fax calls when a termin al, such as a PDA or PC, is conne cted . For better performance during data calls, place the phone on a stationary surface with the keypad facing dow nward. Do not move the phone b y holding it in your hand during a data call. Note: For more information on con nectivity , refer to the PC/PD A Connectivity Guide. The PC/PDA Connectiv ity Guide can be downloaded from the Nok ia webs ite a t http://www .noki a.com/us . 1 At the start screen , select Menu > Setting s > Call se ttin gs > Data/fax calls > Inco ming da ta/f ax call > Nor mal , Da ta ca lls on ly , or Fax call s on ly and press Se lec t : Norm al â The phon e receive s inc oming ca lls as usual. Data c all s onl y â The phon e receives only data calls. Fax ca lls only â The phone receive s only fax calls. 2 When you ar e fin ished rec eiv ing t he fax or da ta ca ll, r epea t S tep 1 a n d sel ect Norm al .
50 Copyright é 2004 Nokia DAT A TRA NSFE R Y ou c an view the transmission spee d when sending or receiving data or fax calls. At the start scree n, select Menu > Set ting s > Call s ett in gs > Data/fax calls > Data r ate displ ay > Gra phi c or Off and pre ss Select . Call sum mary Y ou c an set your phone to display th e elapsed time of a ca ll on the start scre en whe n th e ca ll ha s end ed. At th e sta r t sc re e n, sel e ct Menu > Set ting s > Call se ttin gs > Call summary > On or Off . ⢠PHO NE S ETTINGS Phone language 1 At th e sta rt sc r een, se le ct Men u > Setti n gs > Pho ne se ttin g s > Phone l ang ua ge . 2 Scroll to th e language of yo ur choice and press Select . The langu age setting affects the time and date formats of the clock, alarm c lock, and calend ar . Automatic keyguard Y o u can s et the ke ypad of your phon e to lock aut omatically afte r a preset t ime dela y (f ro m 10 se con ds to 60 mi nu tes) . 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set tings > Pho ne se ttings > A utomati c keyguard > On or Of f . 2 If you sele cted On , Set d elay appe ars in the display . 3 Enter the delay ( in mm:s s format) and press OK . Impor tant : Wh en key gu ar d is on, it ma y be pos sible t o dial the em erg e ncy number programmed in to your ph one. Ke y in the emerg ency numbe r and press t he Talk ke y . The n umbe r is dis played only a fter y ou h ave ke yed in its last digit. T ouch tones Touch t ones, or DTMF tones , ar e t he ton es tha t so und when you press the key s on your phone keypad. Y ou can use touch tones for many automate d dial-up services such as banking and airlines, or for entering y our voicemail num ber and password. Touch tones are sent during an a ctive call. Y ou ca n send them man ually from your phone keyp ad, or send the m automatica lly by saving the m in your phon e.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 51 Copy right é 2004 Nok ia Settings (Menu 7) SET TYPE 1 At the s tart screen, se lect Menu > Setti ngs > Ph on e s et t in gs > T o u ch tones > Ma nua l to uch ton es . 2 Select one of t he following opt ions: Co ntin uous â The tone sounds for as long as you press and hold a key . Fixed â Us ed to send t ones of the durati on yo u spec ify in th e Tou c h tone leng th opt ion. Off â Used t o turn off ton es. No tones ar e sen t wh en you pre ss a key . SET LENGT H Y ou can a lso sp ecify to uch tone length . A t th e st art sc r ee n, sel ect Me nu > Setti ngs > Phon e s etti n gs > To uc h t ones > T o uch t on e len gth > Short (0.1 seco nds) or Long ( 0 .5 se conds) . Welcome note Y ou can c r eate a wel come no te which briefl y app ears on t he start sc reen whe never you switc h your ph one on. Note: Predictiv e tex t input is n ot availa ble for ente ring we lcome n ote text. 1 At the start screen, select Menu > Se ttings > Phone settings > W elcome note . 2 Enter a note (u p to 44 characters). Press t he * key t o display and select from available spe cia l characters. 3 When you ar e fin ished , s elec t Options > Save . Select Options > Delet e if y ou want to delete t he previous tex t and begin creating a nother w elcome not e. Help text Y our phone displays brief descriptions f or most menu items. When you ar ri ve at a feature or menu, pause for about 1 0 seconds and wait for t he help text to display . Use t he Up and Down scro ll keys to page through th e full help t ext, if ne cessary . The default s etting for Help tex t is on. Howeve r , you can t urn hel p text on or off. At the st art screen, select Me nu > Se tt ing s > Pho ne se tt ing s > He lp te xt acti vation > On or Of f . ⢠DISPLAY SETTINGS W al lpaper Y ou can set your phone to display a ba ckground picture (wallpaper) on the start s creen. 1 At th e start s cr een, select Menu > Settings > Displ ay settings > W allpaper > Selec t w allp ape r .
52 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 2 From the Down loads menu , selec t Ima ge s . 3 Use t he Up or Down sc roll key s to scroll t hrough the im ages. 4 When yo u arri ve at the image of your choice, sele ct Op tions > S et as wa ll p ap er . T o act ivate /deacti vate wall paper , at the st art screen , sel ect Men u > Setting s > Disp lay s ett ings > Wallp ape r > On or Off . Colour schemes Y ou c an change the colour of some d isplay components in your phone , such as indicators and signal bars. 1 At the star t sc reen, selec t Menu > Set ting s > Di spl ay sett ings > Col or sch emes . 2 Scroll to th e colour scheme of you r choice and press Se lect . Banner Y ou can change th e text t hat appears as a ban ner on the st art screen . 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set ting s > Displ ay s ettin gs > Banner . 2 Select Defa ult or Customize . Def aul t â A banner customized by your w ireless serv ice provider appears o n the s tart scre en. Custo mize â Enter your own te xt to custom ize the banne r on the start scree n and press OK . Display brightness Y ou c an change the brightne ss of your phone display . 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Settin gs > Di spl ay sett in gs > Disp lay br igh tnes s . 2 Use the Left an d Right scroll keys to a dju st the co nt rast l eve l t o your p ref ere nc e. 3 Press OK to acc ept you r settings . Screen sav er timeout The screen saver is activa ted when no fun ction of the phon e is used after a prese t period of t ime. Press any key to deactivate the screen saver . Y ou can set your phone to display a screen sa ver afte r a preset time or afte r a custom time (u p to 60 min utes) of your choosing. 1 At th e start screen, select Menu > Setti ngs > Di spl ay se tti ngs > Screen save r timeou t > 2 minutes , 5 minu tes , or Other . 2 If you w ant to set a custom time (up to 60 min utes ), select Other , en te r th e custom time, and press OK .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 53 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Settings (Menu 7) Backligh t time-out The ligh t on the start s creen (backligh t) times out after 1 5 sec onds of n o acti vity . However , you can customi ze the backlight to time out sooner or to always stay on. At the start screen, select M enu > Se ttin gs > D isp lay s ett ings > Bac kligh t ti me- out > Always o n , Al way s o ff , 7 seconds , 15 seconds , or 30 seconds . Note: Selecting Al way s o n or Al wa ys of f de pletes th e ba ttery fas ter than if you s elect a spec ific amount of tim e. ⢠TIME S ETTINGS Clock SHOW/HI DE THE CLOCK At the star t sc reen, selec t Menu > Set ting s > Tim e se ttings > Cloc k > Show c l ock or Hid e clock . SET THE TI ME 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set tings > Time se tting s > Clo ck > Set the tim e . 2 Enter the time (in hh:m m format) and press OK . 3 Select am or pm . CH ANG E T HE FO RMA T At the start scree n, select Menu > Set tings > T ime se tti ngs > C lo ck > Time fo rma t > 24- hour or 12-ho ur . Date SHOW/HI DE THE DATE At th e start scr een, se lect Menu > Se tt ing s > Tim e set ting s > D ate > Sh ow dat e or Hide dat e . SET THE DA TE 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set tings > Time setti ngs > Date > Set the da te . 2 Enter the date and press OK . CHAN GE THE DATE FO RMAT 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set tings > Time setti ngs > Date . 2 Scroll to Dat e fo rma t and press Sele ct . 3 Scroll to th e format of your c hoice and pre ss Selec t . 4 Scroll to Date se p ar ator and press Se lect . 5 Scroll to th e separator of your choice and press Sele ct .
54 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Auto-update of date & time Auto-update is a network service. See â Network services â on page 3 for more inform ation. If your wire less servic e provider supports this featu re, then you can allow the digital network to set the c lock, which is u seful when you are ou t of your h ome area, for instance when you have travel ed to another network or time zone. At the start scree n, select Menu > Sett ings > Time setti ngs > Auto u pdate of date & ti me > On , Confirm first , or Off . If y ou u se t he Au to up da te o f d ate & ti me option while ou tside your digital network, you may be prompted to e nter t he t i me m an uall y . N et wor k ti me wi l l r ep lace th e time and date whe n you re-e nter your digital n etwork. If your battery has been removed or h as drained outside the digital network , you may be prompted to enter the time manu ally (once the batt ery is repl aced/recha rged, and you a re still ou tside of the digital network). ⢠T ONE SETTINGS From this menu , you can adjust the ringing volu me, key pad tones, a nd other tone settings for the currently active profile. See â Profile s (Menu 6) â on page 44 for more inform ation on Profile settings . ⢠PHONE DETAILS The Phone detai ls menu store s im port ant in form ation about your phone and n etwo rk. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set tings > Phone de tails . 2 Highlight one of the following submen us and press Select to vi ew more inform ation: Use r d etail s â V iew th e Own number (MDN) and Mobile s tatio n ID numb er (MSI D) stored in y our phone. V ersion details â Vi ew th e Phone mode l , So ftware ve rsion , Browser v ers ion , and Hard war e v ers io n of your phon e. Sys tem deta ils â View t he Syste m I D (SID ) , Channel , Pr efe rred ro aming lis t (PRL) , Mode , and Frequency of y our network. ⢠GAME S ETTINGS The game settings me nu a llows you to control t he sounds , lights, a nd vibrating effects of the game s on your phone . 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set tings > Gam e se tti ng s .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 55 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Settings (Menu 7) 2 Select one of t he following gam e submenus: Ga me so unds â Select On or Off . Ga me lig hts â Selec t Ap p. de fined or Defa ult . Shakes â Shakes are the vibrating effects of your phone when playing a game. Select On or Off . ⢠ENHANCEMENT SETTINGS The enhancemen ts in the en hance ment set tings menu are shown o nly if t he phon e is o r has previ ously been connected to a co mpa tible enha ncem en t. At the s tart screen, select Menu > Se ttin gs > Enhanceme nt setting s > Headset , Handsfree , Loopset , TTY/TDD , Music st and , or Charger . Headset Scroll to t he option of y our choice and press Sele ct to e nter t he option â s submenu and m odi fy i ts se ttin g s. Def ault pr ofile â C hoose t he profile you wi sh to be auto matically activated wh en a hea dset is c onne cted. Aut om ati c a nsw er â Ca lls are answe red aut omaticall y after one ring when a head set is c onnecte d. Selec t On or Of f . Handsfree Scroll to t he option of y our choice and press Sele ct to e nter t he option â s submenu and m odi fy i ts se ttin g s. Def ault pr ofile â C hoose t he profile you wi sh to be auto matically activated wh en you r phon e is c onnect ed t o a ca r kit. Automat i c an swer â Calls are an swered aut omaticall y after one ri ng when a car kit is connecte d. Select On or Off . Light s â Choose to keep the phone lights always on, or to shut off autom atically after several seconds. Select On or Auto matic . Loopset The LPS-4 Loop set is recommended for use with y our phone. Scroll to th e option of your choice and press Sel ect to en ter the option â s s ubmenu and m odify its settings. Use Loop set â Sele ct Ye s or No to ac tivate th e lo opset. Def ault pr ofile â C hoose t he profile you wi sh to be auto matically activated wh en a loopset is conn ected. Aut om ati c a nsw er â Ca lls are answe red aut omaticall y after one ring when a loopset is connected. Select On or Off .
56 Copyright é 2004 Nokia TTY/T DD In ad dition to the Nokia 65 85 ph one, you will ne ed the follow ing for TTY/TDD commun ication: ⢠A TTY/TD D device that is cellular re ady or cellula r compatible . ⢠A ca ble f or co nnec ting the TTY /TD D to your No kia 6585 ph one, usua lly supp l ied by the manufacturer of the TTY/ TDD device. SE T UP TH E TT Y/ TD D PR OFI LE Y ou can co nnec t your phone d irect ly to the TT Y/T DD devi ce. In o rder for your pho ne to recognize the TTY /TDD, you wil l need to set up t he TTY/TDD profile. Impor tant : S ome m anufa cture rs of T TY/TD D dev ices su gges t that th e phon e be a t least 18 inch es from the TTY /TDD d evic e. Whe n conne cting to an y other device, read its use r guide or contac t its manufacturer for detailed instructions and s afety informati on. 1 Connect one end of the cable to the TTY/TDD de vice. 2 Insert the other end of the c able into the 2 .5-mm headset jac k on the side of your phon e. 3 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set ting s > Enhanc eme nt sett ing s > TTY/TDD > Use TTY > Ye s . TTY/ TDD CA LLS ⢠Check w ith the manufac turer of the TT Y/TDD de vice for a conne cting cable tha t is compatible with your phone. ⢠TTY /TDD com mun icat ions dep en d on net wor k a vail abil it y . Chec k wit h you r ser vice provid er for av a ila bi li ty and d es cr ipt ion of servi ces. MAKE A CAL L 1 At the start screen, enter th e n umber and press the Tal k key . 2 When the receiving party answe rs, begin typing your conv ersation on the TTY/TDD. 3 Press t he End key to end the call. RECEI VE A CAL L 1 Make sure the TTY /TDD de vice i s conn ected to yo ur pho ne. 2 Press t he Ta l k key to answer the ca ll, and type your res ponses on the TTY/ TDD. 3 Press t he End key to end the call. Music stand Scroll to th e option of your choice and press Select to enter the option subm enu and m odi fy i ts se ttin g s.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 57 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Settings (Menu 7) Def ault pr ofile â C hoose t he profile you wi sh to be auto matically activated wh en you r phon e is c onne cted to the m usic s tand. Aut om ati c a nsw er â Ca lls are answe red aut omatical ly after one rin g when the phone is conne cted to the music stand. Select On or Off . Light s â Choose to keep the phone lights always on, or to shut off autom atically after several seconds. Select On or Auto matic . Charger Scroll to t he option of y our choice and press Sele ct to e nter t he option â s submenu and m odi fy i ts se ttin g s. Def ault pr ofile â C hoose t he profile you wi sh to be auto matically activated wh en you r phon e is c onne cted to a ch arger . Light s â Choose to keep the phone lights always on, or to shut off autom atically after several seconds. Select On or Auto matic . ⢠SEC URITY SETTINGS Phone lock The phon e lock feature protects your phon e from unauthori zed outgoin g calls or unauthorized acc ess to information stored in the phone . When phon e lock is acti vated, Phon e locke d is dis played each time you turn your phone on or off. When the pho ne is lock ed, calls still ma y be poss ible to th e official eme rgency number programmed into y our phone. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Setting s > Secur ity sett ings . 2 Enter the loc k code and pre ss OK . (Se e â L ock cod e â on page 58.) 3 Scroll to Phon e loc k and pre ss Sel ec t . 4 Scroll to one of the follow ing options and press Selec t : Off immediately t urns off the phone lock feature. Lock now immed iately turn s on the phone loc k feature. On power -up t urns the phone lock feature on imm ediately after the phone is powered up. If you sele cted On po wer-up or On , you must ent er your loc k code before t he phone w ill funct ion norma lly . Once the lock code h as been a ccepted, your ph one functions normally . Impor tant : Call not allowe d is displ ayed if you attempt to plac e a ca ll while phone is loc ked. To answ er a call w ith phone lock on, pre ss Answ e r or the Talk key .
58 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Allowed numbers when ph one locked When phone lock i s on, the only outgoing c alls that c an be m ade are to t he emergenc y number program med into your phone ( for example, 9 1 1) and the number stored in th e Allowed no. when p hone l ock ed location. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Setting s > Secur ity sett ing s . 2 Enter the loc k code and pre ss OK . (Se e â L ock cod e â on page 58.) 3 Select Allowe d no. wh en phon e loc ked > Assign . 4 Enter the phone number or press Searc h to r ecal l t he n umb er fro m th e pho ne book, and press OK . CALL T HE A LLOWED PH ONE NUM BER 1 At the start scree n, press th e Up or D own s croll key . 2 Press t he Tal k key to place the call . Lock code The default lock c ode is 1234 . If you e nter an inco rrect lock co de five tim es in a row , your phone will prompt you for the securi ty code (the default securit y code is 1 2345 ). 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Setting s > Secur ity sett ing s . 2 Enter the c urrent lock c ode and pres s OK . 3 Scroll to Chang e lock code and press Selec t . 4 Enter the n ew lock code and press OK . 5 Reenter th e new loc k code for ve rification and press OK . Note: When yo u cha nge yo ur lock code , mak e sure you s tore it in a safe place, away from y our phone. Avoid e ntering a ccess c odes similar to em erge ncy n umbe rs to pre ven t a ccident al em erge ncy c al ls. Restrict calls Call restric tion is a net work serv ice. See â Network services â on page 3 for more inform ation. If your wire less service providers supports this feature , then y ou can rest rict the calls yo ur p hone can m ake and re ceive . Note: Contac t your serv ice provi der for the re striction passw ord. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Setti ngs > S ecuri ty se tting s . 2 Enter the loc k code and pre ss OK . (Se e â L ock cod e â on page 58.) 3 Scroll to Call res tric tion s and pres s Selec t .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 59 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Settings (Menu 7) 4 Highlight the type of calls you wa nt to restrict, and pre ss Sele ct : Restri ct ou tgoin g calls â Calls cannot be made. Re stri ct inc om in g cal ls â C alls can not be re ceive d. 5 Select a n option from the follo wing lis t: Sele ct â Se lect the type of calls y ou wish to restrict by pressing Mark > Don e . Add re str icti on â Enter the number you wish to restrict or press Se arch to retrieve a number from your con tacts list. Edit â Make changes to a number that y ou have restri cted. Delet e â Pres s OK > OK to delete a num ber that you have res tricted. When calls are restricted, c alls may s till be possible to t he official eme rgency number programmed into y our phone. V oice privacy V oice privacy is a network service. See â Ne tw or k ser vic es â on page 3 for more information. If your w ireless service provider supports this feature, th e voice privacy feature protects the privacy of your current phone conversation from other callers placing phone c alls on your same network. At the st art screen, sel ect Men u > Set ting s > Secur ity s ettings > V oic e pr ivacy > On or Off . ⢠N ETWORK S ERVICES The follo wing fe atures are network s ervices. See â Network services â on page 3 for more inform ation. Store a feature code 1 At the start sc reen, se lect Menu > S ett ings > Netw ork ser vice s > Network fea tu re set ti ng . 2 Enter the fe ature code from your service provid er (for example, *633 for activat ing Call forwarding ) and press OK . 3 Press Se lec t when Call for warding is disp layed. 4 Scro ll to th e t ype of fo rwar din g th at ma tches th e fea tu re c ode you ent ered (for example, Call f orwa rdin g ), press Selec t , then press Ac ti vate . Th e acti vated f eatur e code is no w store d in your p hone, an d you ar e ret urned to the Feature code field. Contin ue ente ring othe r feature cod es (for exampl e, *633 to ca nc el Fo rw ard i f b usy ), or press the End ke y to re turn to the star t sc reen . Note: Once y ou ente r a network feature c ode succe ssfully t he feature becom es visi ble in the Netw ork servi ces me nu.
60 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Call forwarding Call forwa rding te lls you r network to redirect incoming calls to anothe r numbe r . Call forwar ding is a network s ervice a nd may not work the same in a ll network s, so contact y our wire less provider for availability . See â S tore a feature code â on page 59 t o see the call forw arding option, if available, in y our phone . Note: This i s a network service . All option s listed m ay not a ppear in t he display . Contact yo ur w ireless provider for m ore information . 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Sett in gs > N et wo rk se rvi ce s > Call f orwar ding . 2 Select one of t he following opt ions: For ward all c alls â Forw ard all ca lls to the numbe r you s pecify . Forward if busy â Forwa rd incom ing c alls wh en you are in a call. Forward if not an swered â Forward inc oming calls to another nu mber if y ou are unable to an swer . Y ou can set a delay before forwarding takes place. Forward if out of reach â Forw ard inc oming ca lls when your phon e is off. Canc el a ll cal l forw ardi ng â Ca ncel any call forwa rding options you have set. Note: Cancel all call forwarding ma y affect your ability to receive vo i c e mail messages. Contact your wireless provider for specific details. 3 Scroll to Acti vate and pres s Select . 4 Scro ll to t he destin ation to whi ch you r call s will be forwar ded an d press Select . 5 Enter the number to which your ca lls, data, or other information will be forwarded and press OK . Call w aiting If your wire less provider supports t his feature, call wait ing notifies you of an incoming call e ven while you ar e in a call. You can then accept, reject, or ign ore the inc oming ca ll. See â Store a feature co de â on page 5 9 to see the call waiti ng option, if available, in your phon e. 1 At th e star t sc ree n, sele ct Menu > Se tting s > Netwo rk servi ces > Call wa it in g > Act iv ate or Cancel . 2 During a call, pres s An sw er or the Talk key to an swer the waiting call. (The first call is put on hold.) 3 Press t he End key to end the activ e call.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 61 Copy right é 2004 Nok ia Settings (Menu 7) Send caller ID If your wire less s ervice provider supports this feature, th en you can prevent your number from appearing on th e receiving party â s ca ller ID. Se e â Store a feature code â on page 59 to see the calle r ID option, if available, in your phon e. At t h e sta rt scr een, select Men u > Set tings > N etw ork se rvic es > Sen d my ca lle r ID > Ye s or No . View own phone number At the start scree n, select Menu > Sett in gs > N et wo rk se rvi ce s > O wn num ber s elect ion . ⢠NETWO R K Roaming opti ons Y o u can ch oose w hethe r your ph one only uses your h ome a rea o r autom atically searches for s ervice in another area (roams). 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set ting s > N etwor k > Roam ing opt ions. 2 Scroll to one of the service options and press Select : Home only â The phon e works only when you are in your netw orkâ s hom e area. Aut om ati c â The phone work s both in your ho me area a nd wh en you have trav ele d out sid e yo ur ho me area. Mode Y ou c an choose whether y our phone operates in digital or analog mode. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set ting s > N etwor k > Mode . 2 Scroll to one of the follow ing options and press Selec t : Digit al pref erre d â The phon e searches for a digital signal first. If one is n ot found, the phone searches for an analog signal. Digit al only â The p hone only use s a digital signal. Ana log on ly â The ph one only uses an analog signal. ⢠IN FRARE D Y ou can set up your pho ne t o sen d or rec eiv e dat a ( such as bu siness ca rds or c ale nda r notes) throu gh its IR port. See â Send a business card â on page 2 1 and â Calendarâ on page 36 for more inform ation. To use an IR c onnection, transmission an d reception must be to or from an IR- compatible phone or dev ice. Do not point the IR be am at anyon e's e ye or allow it to interfere wi th other IR de vices. This device is a Class 1 laser product.
62 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 1 Ensure that the IR ports of the sending a nd receiving devices are pointing at ea ch other and that there are no obstructions betw een the dev ices . The preferable distance between the tw o devic es in an I R co nne cti on i s f rom 3 in ches to 3 fee t. 2 At the start scree n, select Menu > Setti n gs > Infrared . 3 Activate IR on the oth er devic e as we ll. If data trans fer is not sta rted wit hin two minute s after the act ivation of the I R port, the co nnection is cancelled and must be restarted . ⢠R ESTORE FACTORY SETTINGS Y o u can re set some of the menu settings to their original v alues. Data t hat yo u have entered or downloaded is not deleted, for e xample, entries in your contact s list are not affe cted. 1 At the st art screen, select Menu > Se ttin gs > Restor e facto ry se ttings . 2 Enter the security code ( the de fault secu rity c ode is 12345 ) and pre ss OK .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 63 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Radio (Menu 8) 12 Radio (Me nu 8) The FM radio uses the wire of the HDS-3 Stereo headset as a n an tenna. Note: Listen to music at a m oderate level. Continu ous expos ure to high volume may damage you r hea r ing. ⢠T URN ON AND O FF A c ompat ib le h eads et need s to be at ta ched to the d evi c e for the F M r adi o to function properly . To turn on the radio, a t the s tart screen, s elect Men u > Radi o . To return to th e m ain m enu, pres s Back . To turn off the radio, press and hold the En d key . ⢠OPTIO NS Note: When yo u place or receive a call, the radio automatic ally mutes. Once the c all is ended, the radio switche s back on. 1 With th e radio on, press Op tions in the Rad io men u to c hoos e from t he following opt ions: T urn off â Turn off the radio. Sav e ch ann el â Sa ve the c urrent s tation to one o f 20 locations. Auto mat ic tu ning â Bri efly pre ss t he Up or Down scro ll key t o sta rt th e chan nel search up or down. Pres s OK w hen a chann el is found. Ma nua l tun ing â Scroll to search frequen cies in in cremen ts of 0.1 MHz. Set fre quen cy â Manually ente r the freque ncy of a known radio station. Delet e c hann el â Del ete a save d cha nnel. Louds peaker â Lis ten to t he radio thro ugh t he loudsp eaker . Mono ou tput /St ereo o ut put â Listen to the radio in monaural mode (default ) or in stereo . Stereo outp ut is availa ble throug h an optional stereo enhanceme nt. 2 Sc rol l to a n o pt i on , an d pre ss Sele ct to acti vate the opti on o r enter its su bmenu.
64 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠SAVE A CHAN NEL Y ou c an save a preset station to any one of 20 locations in memory , and scroll to tune t o that station with the ra dio on. 1 With the radio on, select O ption s > Auto matic t unin g or M anu al tu ni ng to st art th e c h ann el se ar ch . If you sele cted Au to matic tu ning , searching briefly stops whe n a channel is found. If you s elect ed Manual tuni ng , use t he Sc roll u p and Sc roll d ow n ke ys to fin d a ch annel. (Press and hold t he ke ys to quick ly m ove th rough the ch anne ls.) 2 To save the cha nnel, se lect Opt ions > Save ch anne l . 3 Enter a name for the channel an d press OK . 4 Scroll to an (empty ) loc ation to save the channe l and press Selec t .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 65 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Minibrowser (Men u 1 0) 13 Minibrowser (Menu 1 0 ) The Minib rows er menu is a network servic e. See â Net work services â on pa g e 3 f or more inform ation. Y o ur phone has a built -in bro wser you can u se to con nect to sele cted s ervices on the mobile Inte rnet. If your w ireless service provider supp orts this feature, th en you can view we ather re ports, che ck ne ws or flig ht times , vie w financ ial inform ation, and much more . The brow ser on your phon e can display WAP-based content. Y our de vice may have some bookm arks loaded for sites not affiliate d with Nokia. Nokia does not warrant or endorse these site s. If you choo se to access them , you should take the same precautions, for security a nd content, as you would with any Interne t site. ⢠MOB ILE INTERNET AC CESS Beca use mobi l e In t ern et co nt ent is desi gn ed t o be view ed f ro m yo ur ph one , y our wireless prov ider is now you r mobile I nternet serv ice provid er as well. It is likely that your w ireless provider has created a hom e page and set up y our browser to g o to this page wh en you log on to the mobile Internet. Onc e at your service provider â s home page, you may find links t o a numbe r of other sites. It should no t be necessary to manually configure the browser on your phone. Normally this is don e by your w ireless provider onc e you have subscribed to the feature. Contact y our wireless provider if y ou have proble ms using the browser . ⢠SIGN ON TO T HE MOBILE INTERN ET At the start scree n, select Menu > Min ibrow ser > Co nnect . After a brie f pause, your ph one a ttempts to connec t to your wire less prov ider â s home page. If you see Check servi ce set tings , your phone may not be set u p for browsing. Contact your w ireless provider to make sure th at your phone i s configured prope rly . Note: Y ou cannot recei ve inco ming calls while browsing. I ncoming calls are automa tically divert ed to voicema il. ⢠N AVIGATE THE MOBILE INTERNET Since your p hone screen is m uch smaller than a comput er scr een, mobi le In ternet c onte nt is dis played different ly than you may be accustomed to seeing. T hi s s ecti o n con tains gu idelin es for usin g phone keys to na vigat e a WAP sit e .
66 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Phone keys ⢠To browse the WAP site or hi ghlight an item, pre ss the Scro ll u p or Scro ll down key . ⢠T o select a highlighted item, press Selec t . ⢠T o e nter le tters and numbers, press a k ey from 0 âÂÂ9 . ⢠T o ent er speci al characters, p ress the * key . Make an e mergency call while online Y ou c an end y our data conn ection and the n make an eme rgency call. 1 To cl ose you r mobile Inte rnet connection , simply pres s and hold the En d key . 2 Press t he End key as many times as neede d to cl ear the displa y and re ady the phone for calls. 3 Enter the e mergency num ber for you r present location (for example, 9 1 1 ). Emergency num bers vary by location . 4 Press t he Tal k key . Empty the cache A cach e is a me mory locat io n that is us ed to store da ta te mpor aril y . If you have tri ed to access or have accessed confidential in formation requiring p assw ords, empty th e cac he af ter eac h use. The in for matio n or se rv ices yo u hav e acces sed are s t ored in the cach e. To empty th e cache w hile in the brow ser men u, select Navigate > Ad van ced > Clear > Cache from the h ome page. You ca n also clea r the cach e by pressing and holding th e Po w e r key to power off your phone. Disconnect To c lose your mobil e Interne t connection, press and hold the End key .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 67 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Keyguard (Menu 1 1) 14 K eyguard (Menu 1 1) Wi th keyg u ar d, y ou can loc k the ke ypad to p rev ent key s f ro m being pressed accidentally . Re member to lock y our phone keypa d t o prev en t acc identa l call s. If the ke ypad is lo cked , it u nlock s wh en yo u receiv e a ca ll. After the ca ll, the lock autom atically reac tivates . When the keyg uard is on, c alls still ma y be p ossible to t he official e merge ncy number programmed into yo ur phon e. Ke y i n the emergency number and p ress the Ta l k ke y . ⢠LOCK T HE KEY PAD At th e sta rt sc ree n se lec t Menu > Ke yg u ar d . To answ er a call with the keypad locke d, simply press the Ta l k key . During the call, all feat ures funct ion as norm al. Whe n you end the call (or divert th e call to v oice mail by pre ssing the End key), t he ke ypad au toma tically re lock s. ⢠UNLOCK THE KEYPAD At the start scree n, select Unl ock , th en pres s th e * ke y withi n tw o sec onds.
68 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 15 Enhancements Check the model numb er of any charger before use with this devic e. Th is device is intende d for use w hen supplied wi th power from ACP -12U. War n in g : Use only b atteries, chargers and enhancem ents approved by Nokia for use with this partic ular model. The use of any othe r types ma y invalidate any approval or warranty , and may be dangerous. Y our de vice and its enha ncements may con tain small parts. K e ep them out o f reach of small c hildren. A fe w p rac tical rule s ab ou t acc esso ries and en hanc ement s: ⢠K eep all accessories and enhanceme nts out of the reach of small children. ⢠When you disconne ct the po wer cord of a ny access ory o r enhancement, gra sp and pull the plug, not the cord. ⢠Check regularly that enhance ments installed in a vehicle are mounted and are operat ing properly . ⢠Ins talla ti on of a ny co mp lex ca r enh an cem ents mus t be ma de by q ualif ied perso nnel on ly . For availability of approved enhan cements , please visit the website www .nok ia. c a .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 69 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Re fe ren ce info rm ati on 16 Reference information This section provides information about your phone batteries, enhancements, chargers, safety guidelines and te chnica l information . Be aware tha t th e informatio n in this section is subject to change as batte ries, chargers, and enhancem ents change. ⢠B ATTERIES AN D CHAR GERS Y our de vice is powered by a rechargeable battery . The full pe rformance of a n ew battery is achieved only after two or th ree complete charge and discharge cycles. The batte ry can be ch arged and disch arged hundre ds of times but it will e ventually wear out. When the ta lk and stan dby tim es are n oticeab ly shorter th an norm al, buy a new batte ry . Use only Nokia approved batte ries, and recharge your b attery only with Nokia approved chargers designate d for this device. Unplug the charger from the electric al plug and the devic e when not in use. Do not leave the batte ry conne cted t o a charger after t he battery h as finished charging. Overc harging ma y shorten its life time. If le ft unused, a fully charge d battery w ill lose its charge ove r tim e. T empe rature e xtremes can affect the a bility of y our battery to charge . Use the batte ry only for its i ntended purpose. Never use any charger or battery th at is damaged. Do not s hort-circu it th e battery . Acciden tal short-c ircui ting can oc cur wh en a metallic object suc h as a coin, clip, or pen causes di rect con nection of th e posit ive ( ) and ne gative (-) terminals of th e battery . (These look like metal strips on the battery .) This might happ en, for example, when you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse . Short-circuiting th e terminals may damage the batte ry or the con necting objec t. Leaving the batte ry in hot or cold places, such as in a closed car in summ er or winte r conditions , wil l reduce the ca pacity a nd lifetime of the ba ttery . Always try to keep the battery betwee n 59 ð F an d 77 ð F (15 ð C and 25ð C). A dev ice with a h ot or cold bat tery may not work tem pora rily , even w hen th e ba tt ery i s full y ch arg ed. Battery pe rformance is pa rticularly limited i n tempera tures we ll below fre ezing. Do not dispose o f batteries in a fire ! Dispose of batteries according to local regulations. Please recycle when possible. Do not dispose as household waste.
7 0 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠ADDITIONAL SAFETY INFORMAT ION Operating environment Rememb er to follow an y spec ial regulations in force in a ny area a nd always switch off your devic e when its use i s prohibited or whe n it may cause interference or danger . Use the de vice only in its norm al operating positions. This device meets RF exp osu re g ui deli n es whe n used ei th er in th e no rma l use pos itio n ag ain st th e e ar or when position ed at least 7/8 inch (2.2 cm) away from the body . Wh en a carry c ase, belt clip or holder is u sed for body -worn operation, it should not contain metal and should p osition the dev ice at least 7/8 in ch (2.2 cm) away from your body . In order to transmit data files or me ssages, this device require s a quality con nection to the netw ork. In some cases, transmission of data files or messages may be delayed until such a connection is available. Ensure the above separation distanc e instructions are followe d until t he trans mission is completed. P arts of the d evice are magn etic. M etallic ma terials may be attra cted to the de vice, and persons with a h earing aid should not hold th e device to t he ear with the he a r in g a id. Alw a ys se cur e the de vic e in it s ho lder , be ca use me tall ic ma te rials ma y be at tracte d by the earpiece. Do not place credit cards or oth er magne tic storage media near the device, because inform ation stored on them may be e rased. Medical dev ices Operation of any radio transmitting e quipme nt, including wireless phone s, may interfere with the fu nctiona lity of inade quate ly protec ted me dical dev ices. C onsult a physician or the manu facturer of the medical device to dete rmine if they are adequat ely shielded from e xternal RF energy or if you h ave any que stions. Switc h off your phon e in health care facili ties when any regulations poste d in these areas instruc t you to do so. Hosp itals or h ealth care facilit ies may be using equipment that coul d be se nsitive to exte rnal RF en ergy . PACEM AK ERS P acem aker ma nuf ac turer s r eco mme nd tha t a mi nim um s epar ati on of 6 in ( 15 .3 cm) be maintain ed between a w ireless phone and a pacemaker to av oid potential interfere nce wi th the pacema ker . These recom menda tions are cons istent with the independent research by an d recommendations of W ireless T echnology Resea rch. To minimize th e potential for in terference , persons w ith pace makers sh ould: ⢠Always keep the device more t han 6 inc hes (15 .3 cm) from their pacem aker when the devic e is s witch ed on ⢠Not carry the device i n a breast pocket ⢠Hold t he dev ic e t o the ear opposite the pacema ke r If you hav e any reason to suspect that in terference is taking place , switch off your device im mediately .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 71 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Re fe ren ce info rm ati on HE ARI NG AI DS Some di gital wireless devices m ay interfere w ith some h earing aids. If interference occurs , consult your servic e provider . Ve h i c l e s RF signals may affect imp roperly ins talled or inadequ ately shielded e lectronic sy stems in mo tor vehicle s such as ele ctronic fuel in jection systems, electronic antiskid (an tiloc k) brakin g system s, elec tr onic s pee d con trol sy ste ms, air ba g s ystems . F or more inform ati on, check with the manufa ctur er o r its repr esent ative of your vehicl e or any eq uipment that h as been added. Only qu alified pers onnel sho uld service the d evice , or install th e device in a vehicle. F aulty installation or service may be dangerous and ma y invalidate any warranty that may apply to the device. Check regularly that all wireless device equipment in your vehic le is mounted and operating prop erly . Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases, or explosive materials in the same comp artment as the device, its parts, or enhancements. For vehicles equipped w ith an air bag, remember that an air ba gs i nflate with grea t for ce. Do no t pl ace obj ects , inclu ding install ed o r por table wireless equipm ent in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deploym ent area. If in-ve hicle wire less equipme nt is imprope rly ins talled and th e air bag inflates, serious in jury coul d result. P otentially explosive environments Switch off you r device when in any area with a potentially explosive atm osphere and obey all signs and instructions. P ote ntially explosive atmospheres include areas where you w ould normally be advised to tu rn off your vehicle engine. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death. Swi tch off the devic e at ref uellin g po ints such as near gas pum ps at ser vice stat ions . Observe restrictions on the use of radio equi pment in fue l depots, storage, and distribution areas, chemical plant s or where blasting operation s are in progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atmo sphere are often but not always clearly marked. They include below deck on boats, chemical t ransfer or storage facilities, vehicles using liquefied petroleu m gas (such as propane or butane), and areas where the air c ontains chemic als or particles such as grain, dust or me tal powders. FCC re gulations proh ibit usin g your w ireless dev ice while in the air . The use of wireless tele phones in an aircraft may be dan gerous to the ope ration of the aircraft, dis rupt the wireless t elephone network, and ma y be illegal. F ailure to observe th ese instructions may lead to su spension or denial of telephone services to the offender , legal action , or both.
72 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Emergency calls Impor tant : Wirel ess phones, incl uding this pho ne, ope rate usi ng radi o signals, wireless networks, landlin e networks, and user-programmed fun ctions. Because of this, connec tions in a ll condition s cannot be guara nteed. Y ou sho uld n ever rely sole ly o n any wirele ss ph one for e ssent ial comm uni ca tion s like m edical em ergencies. T o make an em ergency call: 1 If the phone is not on, sw itch it on. Check for ade quate signal strength . 2 Press t he End key as many times as neede d to cl ear the displa y and re ady the phone for calls. 3 K ey in the official eme rgency num ber for your present location. Eme rgency numbers v ary by location. 4 Press t he Send key . If certai n featu res ar e in u se, you may fi rst need t o tu rn th ose featur es of f befo re you can make an emerge ncy call. Consult this guide or your service provider . When makin g an emergen cy call, give all the nece ssary inform ation as accurately as p ossible. Y our wire less phone may be t he only means of co mmunicati on at th e scene of an acci dent. Do not e nd the call u ntil given pe rmission to do so. ⢠CARE A ND MAINTEN ANCE Y ou r devi ce is a p roduc t of superio r desi gn and c raftsm anshi p and sh oul d be treat ed with care. The suggestions below will help you protect your warranty cove rage and enj oy your d ev ice for ma ny ye ars. ⢠Keep the de vice dry . ⢠Do not use or stor e the devi ce in dusty , dirty ar eas. I ts moving pa rts and el ectronic components c an be damaged. ⢠Do not store the device in hot are as. High temperatures can shorten the life of electr onic device s, damag e batteries , and warp or me lt certain plas tics. ⢠Do not s tore the device in cold a reas. When the devic e return s to its n ormal temperat ure, moisture can form in side the device and damage ele ctronic circuit bo ards. ⢠Do not attempt to open the device othe r than as instructed in this guide. ⢠Do not drop, knock, or shake the device. Rough handling can break interna l circuit boards and fine mechanics . ⢠Do not use harsh chemica ls, cleaning solvents, or strong detergents to clean the device. ⢠Do not paint the device. P aint can clog the moving parts and prevent proper operation.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 73 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Re fe ren ce info rm ati on ⢠Use on ly t he supplied or an a pproved replace ment ant enn a. Unau thoriz ed anten nas , modifi catio ns, or att achme nts co uld dam age the devic e and may viol ate reg ulati ons gove rning rad io dev ices. Using your device in wet and damp conditions: ⢠Y o u can use this de vice in th e rain, but do not submerge it in wate r . ⢠If the dev ice or the s ystem conne ctor has b een expo sed to salt water , wa sh it immediately with freshwater to avoid corrosion. The device must be carefully wiped dry . ⢠Before o pening the back cover , dry the de vice to prevent water fr om reachi ng the interior of the device. The SIM c ard and battery are not wate r resistant. ⢠Never charge th e device whe n the bottom connector is w et or damp. ⢠Never us e a damp d evice with enha ncemen ts t hat have an e lec tric al f unct ion (such as a desk stand or car kit). Note: Make sure the in terior of you r de vice a nd the back cov er se als are dry , clean, and free of any foreign objects. F oreign objects may damage the sea ls a gai n st w ate r . All of the above sugge stions apply equally to your device, b attery , charger , or any enh an cem en t. If an y devic e is no t wo rk ing pro perl y , ta ke it to th e n ear est au tho riz ed service facility for s ervice.
74 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠C ERTIFICATIO N INFORMATION (SAR) THIS MODEL PHONE MEETS GOVERNMENT REQUI REMENTS FOR EXPOSURE T O RADIO W AV ES. Y our m obile dev ice is a rad io transmitt er and receiver . It is designed and manufacture d not to e xceed the limits for exposure to radiofrequency ( RF) energy adopted by the governments of the USA (through the Federal Comm unications Comm ission (FCC)) and Canada ( through Industry Canada (I C)). These limits establish pe rmitte d levels of RF energy for the general population . The guideline s are based on standards that were de velop ed b y i ndepe nde nt scient ific organ izat ions thro ug h peri od ic and thorough evaluation of scientific studi e s. The sta ndards include a substantial safet y margi n design ed to assure the sa fety of al l persons, re gardl ess of age and health . The expo sure guidel ines for mobile devi ces emplo y a unit of measurement k nown as the Specific Absorption Ra te or SAR. The SAR limit adopted by th e USA and Canada is 1.6 watts/kilogram ( W/kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. The limit incorporates a su bstant ial mar gin of safe ty to giv e add ition al prot ectio n for the public and to acc ount for any variation s in measure ments. T ests for SAR are con ducted using standard operating position s with th e device transmitt ing at its high est certified power leve l in all te sted frequ ency band s. The actua l SAR level of an ope rating device can be well below the maximu m value beca use the device is design ed to use only the power required to reach the network. That amoun t changes depending on a nu mber of facto rs suc h as how c lose y ou are to a ne twork ba se station . The h ighest SAR value reported t o the FCC an d IC for t his device type when te sted for use at the ear is 1.18 W/kg and when properly worn on the body is 0.96 W/kg. SAR information on file with the FCC can be found unde r the Displa y Grant sect ion of h ttp:// www .f cc.gov/ oet/ fcci d after searchin g on FCC ID QMNRH- 34 . SAR values reported in oth er countries m ay vary depending on difference s in reporting and testing require ments and the network band . Additional SAR information may be provided unde r product information at www .nokia.com .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 75 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Re fe ren ce info rm ati on ⢠T ECHNICAL INFORM ATION ⢠B ATTERY IN FORMATION This section provide s information abou t ba t ter y charging t imes with the Tr avel Charger (ACP- 12U) or t he Standar d Travel Cha rger (ACP- 7U), ta lk time s, a n d s t an db y times. Be aw are th at the informa tion in this section is subject to cha nge. For more informat ion, contact y our se rvice provide r . Charging tim es The following charging times are approximate: T alk and standby times Operation time s are estimates only and depend on signal strength, ph one use, netw ork condition s, feature s used, ba ttery age and con dition (inc ludin g charging habits), temperature s to which t he battery is exposed, and many other factors. Feature Specificati on Feature Specificati on Dime ns io ns Widt h 1 .77 i n ( 44.8 mm ) Le ngth 4. 17 in (1 05.8 mm) Depth 0 .80 in (2 0.3 mm) Frequency ran ge (Tx) AMPS: 82 4.04 â 8 48.97 PCS: 185 1.25 â 1908. 75 M Hz Cellular: 824. 7 0 â 848.37 MHz Weight 3.1 oz (86. 7g) with BLD- 3 Li-Ion B attery Frequency ran ge (Rx) AMPS: 86 9.04 â 8 93.97 PCS: 193 1.25 â 19 88.75 MH z Cellular: 869.7 0 â 893.37 MHz Wir e les s netwo rks CDMA 800 and 19 00 AMPS 800 GPS freq uency 1575 .42 M Hz Vo l u m e 4.7 cu in (77 cu cm) Charger options ACP-12U ACP-7U BLD-3 780 mAh Li-Ion ba ttery Up to 1.5 ho urs Up to 3 ho urs Fu nct i on Di gital An alo g Ta lk time Up to 2.5 hou rs Up to 50 min utes Ta lk time wit h loudspea ker Up to 2.4 hour s Up to 47 min utes Standby tim e Up to 6 days Up to 20 h ours Standby tim e with radio and headset Up to 2 2 hours U p to 1 1 hours Standby tim e with radio and loudspeaker Up to 1 2 hours U p to 8 hou rs
76 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠NOKIA ONE-Y EAR LIMITED W ARRANTY Nok ia w arr ants t hat the Noki a wir ele ss phon e and en ha nc emen ts a re f re e fr om defects in m aterial and w orkmanship. The warranty pe riod for the Pho ne (Radio) units and all enha nce ments ( excluding c arry case s) is tw elve (12 ) month s from the date of purchas e OR fo urteen (14) months from date of whole sale shipme nt fr o m N okia, OR f iftee n (1 5) m ont hs fro m the d ate of man ufactu re by N okia . The war r an ty pe riod for the Carry c ases is th ree (3) month s from the date of purchase or five (5) mon ths from the date of wholesale shipm ent from Nokia. During th e warranty period, Nokia w ill, at its opti on, repair or replace the defective product fre e of charge. Replacement Produc t may be eithe r new or remanufact ured or refurbis hed. Howe ver , if Nokia determines t hat th e warranty con ditions ca nnot be applied, the purc haser will be billed for the repa ir and shipping. EX CEPTI ONS This w arranty is subjec t to the following ex ceptions: 1 Mobile or fixed installation, which is not in accorda nce with the installation instructions , published by Nokia, will void the warranty . Dama ge caused by a repair or an att empt to repair by other than a se rvice centre authorize d by Nokia will v oid th e warranty ; 2 This warrant y covers normal consumer use and does not cover de fects or d amage to any product which, in the sole opinion of Nokia, has been subject to: improper storage, exposure to moisture or dampne ss, exposure to fire, sand, d irt, windst orm, lightn ing, or earthqua ke; to theft, battery le akage, una uthorize d modification, misuse, neglect, abuse, misapplic ation, accident, alteration, improper in stallation, maladjustme nt of co nsumer controls, or abnormal operating condition s, or which h as been attributable to acts of G od; 3 Fuses are not c overed by th e warranty ; 4 This warranty doe s not c over defects or damage s caused b y a product which is not a pprove d by Nokia to be conn ected to its wireless phone; 5 This warranty does not cover defects or damages caused by improper or defective function of the carrier system or by inadequate signal reception by the ante nna ; 6 Remova l and rein stallation co sts are not cov ered by this warra nty; 7 This warranty is applicable only to produ cts bought t hrough Nok ia Products Ltd. in Ajax, Ontario, Canada, and sold eithe r in Canada or Bermuda. 8 Removal, alteration, or de facing of the Se rial Number Plate, or the enhanc ement Da te Code Labels will v oid th e warranty .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 77 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Re fe ren ce info rm ati on In no e vent s hall Nok ia be lia ble for incid ent al, s pecia l, or con seq uent ial da m a ge s , direct or indire ct, loss o f anticipated be nefits or profit s, loss of use of its wi re le ss telephone, resulting from the use of its wireless phone, or its enhancemen ts, o r arising from any b reach of this wa rranty . CLAI M PROC EDU RE In order to obtain w arranty performanc e, re turn th e defective unit to the N o kia Se rvic e Cent r e wi th tr ans por t at ion charge s prep a id ( Shi p pin g of the repaired unit may be paid by No kia, in which c ase Nokia shall have risk of loss or damage during this shipm ent). The proof o f date of purchase will be required before i n-warrant y ser vice is rendered. Maintenance and service may be obtained in any authorized service centre in Cana da. EXTENSION OF WA RRAN TY PERIOD When a repair is made, an extra 90-day service w arranty is given t o the labou r and parts of the repair concerned. If replac ement of a faulty u nit is applied, instead of repairing, th is 90-day service warranty is appli ed to the replaced u nit. Besides t his 90-day s ervice wa rranty , the warrant y repairs or re placements do not affec t the original w arranty cond itions, which are det ermined by the date of purchase. THE FOREGOING W ARRANTY IS THE PURCHAS ER â S SOLE AND EXCL USIVE R EM EDY AND I S IN LIEU OF ALL O THER W ARRA NTI ES, E X PRESSE D OR I MPLIE D, INC LUDIN G BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IM PLIED WARRANTY OR MERCHANTABILITY OR FIT NESS FO R A P ART ICULAR PURP OSE OR USE. Some prov ince s do not allow l imit ation s on ho w lon g an i mplied warr anty la s ts , so the above limita tions m ay not a pply to y ou. FOR W ARR ANT Y SER VI CE LO CA TIONS, CON T AC T Y OUR SERVI CE PROV IDER / RE TAILER /DEALER OR DIRECTL Y TO: NO KI A PR ODUC TS LI MI TE D 60 1 Westney R oad South Ajax, Ontario L1S 4N7 Te l: 905 -427 -1373 1-888-2 26-6 542 We b si t e: w ww .noki a.ca For products being retu rned to Noki a or its autho rized service cen tres, the serv ice provider/retailer/dealer shall prepay shipping c harges, taxe s, duties, insurance. Nokia shall have no risk for los s or damage during th is shipme nt. NO TE: As w arranty is autom atically registered, no furth er action is required by the c onsume r .
78 Copyright é 2004 Nokia NO TES
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 79 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Appendix A Appendix A Message from the CTIA (Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Association) to all users of mobile phones é 2001 Cellular T e lecommunications & I nterne t Association . All Rights R e serv ed.1250 Connecticut A v enu e, NW Suite 800, W ashington, DC 20036. Ph one: (202) 785-0081
80 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Saf ety is the most im portant call you will ever make . A G uid e to S afe an d R e spo ns ibl e Wi rele s s P ho ne Use T ens of millio ns of pe ople in N or th Ame rica toda y tak e ad v antage of the un ique combin ation of con v en ience, safety and v alue deliv er ed b y the wir eless t elephone . Quite simpl y , the w ir eless phon e gi v es pe ople the p o w erful ability to commun icate by v oice- -almost anyw he r e , anytime- -with the boss, with a client, with t he kids, with emerge ncy person nel or ev en wi th the poli ce. Each y ea r , Americ ans ma k e billions of calls from their wireless phon es, and the numbers are ra pidly g r o wing. But an imp ort ant r espon sibility accomp anies those b enefit s, one th at ev er y wir eless phone user must upho ld. When driving a car , dri ving is y our first r e sponsibilit y . A wireless phon e can be an in v aluable tool, but good judgm ent must be exer cised a t all tim es w h ile d ri v ing a motor v ehicle--w heth er on th e ph one or n ot. T h e bas ic lessons ar e ones w e all learne d as teena gers . Dri ving r equir es alertness , caut io n and co urtesy . It r equir es a hea vy dos e of bas ic common s ense-- -k eep y our head up , k eep y our ey es on the r oad, c hec k y our mi rr ors f requ entl y and w atc h ou t f or o ther driv ers. It r e qu ir es obey ing all t raff ic sign s and sig nals an d sta yi ng withi n the spee d lim it. It mea ns usi ng se at belt s and r e qui ring other pa sse ngers to do the sam e. But with wir eless phone us e, dr i ving s af ely means a l it tle mor e . T his br oc hur e is a call to wir eless pho ne user s e v er yw he r e to mak e saf ety their f irs t pri ority w hen behi nd t he w heel of a car . W ir e less tele comm uni ca tio ns is k eeping us in tou c h , simp lify in g our li v es, p rotec ting us i n emer genci es and pr o vidi ng op portunitie s to help other s i n need. W hen it come s to the use of wireless phon es, saf ety is your m ost importan t call . Wirele ss Phon e "Safety T ips" Belo w ar e safety tips to f ollo w w hile dri ving and u sing a wir eless p hone w hich sh ou ld be eas y to r e me mbe r . 1 Get to kno w y o ur wireless phon e and it s f eatu r es such as speed dia l and redial. Carefully r e ad y our instruc tion manual and learn to tak e ad v antage of v aluable features most ph ones offer , inc ludin g auto mati c r e dial an d memo r y . A lso , w ork to me morize t he pho ne ke yp ad so y ou c an use th e spe ed dial f unctio n wit hout tak ing y o ur atten tion off the road. 2 When a v ailab le, use a ha nds fr ee device . A n u mb er of hands free wireless phon e accessorie s are r eadily a v ailable toda y . Whet her y ou choose an inst alled m ounte d device f or y o ur wireless pho ne or a spe ak er phone a ccesso ry , ta ke ad v a ntage o f thes e devi ces if a v a ilab le to y ou . 3 P o sition y ou r wir eless p hone wit hin easy r each. Mak e sur e y ou place y ou r wireless phon e within easy reach and w here y ou can g rab it witho ut r emo ving y ou r ey e s from the r oad. If y ou g et an inc oming call at an incon v enie nt time, if possib le, le t y o ur v o ice mail answ er it f o r y ou. 4 Suspe nd conv ersatio ns during h azardous driving co ndition s or situations. Let the person y ou are speakin g with kno w y ou are driving; if necessar y , suspe nd the call in hea vy traff ic or hazardous w eat her co ndition s . R ain , sleet, sn o w a nd ice can be h azar dou s , b ut so is hea vy traf f ic. As a dri v er , y our first r esponsibility is to pa y atte ntion to t he r oad.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 81 Copy right é 2004 Nokia Appendix A 5 Do no t take notes o r look up ph one n umbers w h ile driving. If y o u ar e reading an addr ess boo k or b usine ss car d, or writ ing a "t o do" list w hile driving a car , y ou ar e not w atching w here y ou are go ing. Itâ s co mm on sense . Donâ t g et ca ugh t in a dang erous situation be cause y o u are r e ading or writing and not pa ying atte ntion to th e road o r nea rby v e hicles. 6 Dial sensibly and assess the tr aff ic ; if possible, place c alls w h en y ou ar e not mo ving or bef or e pulling int o traf f i c. T ry to pl an y our calls b ef ore y ou begin y our trip or attempt t o coincide y o ur calls with times y ou ma y be stopped at a st op sign, re d light or o therwise statio nar y . But if y ou n eed to dial w hile driving, f ollo w this sim ple ti p- -d ia l on ly a f ew n umbe rs , c he ck the r oad an d y our mirr ors , then c onti n ue . 7 Do not eng a ge in st r es sful or emo tio nal co n v ersati ons that ma y be dist r ac tin g. Str essful or emot iona l con v ers ation s and dr i ving do not m ix- -they a r e d istr act ing and ev en danger ous w hen y ou are be hind the w heel of a car . Mak e pe opl e y ou ar e tal king w ith a w ar e y ou a r e dri ving a nd i f nece ssary , sus pend con v ersa tions w hic h ha v e the potenti al to di v er t y our attention f r om the r oad . 8 Use y our w ir e le ss p hon e to ca ll for help . Y our wir ele ss p hone is on e o f th e gr ea t est tool s y ou ca n o wn to pr otect y ours el f an d y our fami ly in dan ger ous situati ons-- wi th y o ur phon e at y ou r side, hel p is on ly thr ee numb ers a w a y . Dial 9 -1- 1 or other local emer g ency n umber in the ca se of f i r e, tr af fic accide nt, ro ad haza r d or medi cal emer gency . R emember , it is a fr e e call on y our wir eless phon e! 9 Use y our wir eles s phone to he lp others i n emer ge ncies . Y our wir ele ss phon e pr o vide s y ou a perfe ct oppor tunit y to be a "Good Sam arita n" in y our co mmun ity . If y ou see an auto ac cident, crime i n pr o gr ess or other seri ous emer gency w her e li v es ar e in danger , cal l 9-1 -1 or ot her local emer gency n umber , as y ou w ould w ant oth ers to do f o r y ou. 10 Call r o adside assistance or a special wire less non -emer gen cy assistance number w hen n ecessar y . Ce r tain situ ations y o u enco unter w hile dri ving ma y r equ ir e attention, but ar e not urgent enou gh to merit a call f or emergenc y services . But y ou still can u se y our wireless phon e to le nd a hand. I f y ou see a b r ok en-do wn v eh ic le posing no serio us haza r d , a brok en traff ic signal, a minor t raff ic a ccide nt w her e no one appears inju r ed o r a v ehicle y ou kno w to be stolen , call roadside assistance or othe r special non-eme r genc y wir eless n umbe r . Careless, distracted ind i v iduals a nd peop le dri ving irre spon sib ly repr esent a hazard to e v er y o ne on the r oad. Since 1984, the Cellular T elecommunications Ind ustr y Associa tion an d the wireless ind ustr y ha v e condu cted edu cation al outreach to inf o rm w ir e less pho ne users o f their r esponsi bilities as safe dri v ers and goo d citize ns. As w e appr oac h a new ce ntury , more and m ore of us will tak e ad v antage of the be nefits of wireless te lephon es. And, as w e take to the roads, w e all ha v e a r esponsibilit y to driv e safely . T he wireless industry reminds you to use your p hone saf el y when drivin g . F or more inf or mation, please call 1- 888-901-SA FE. F or up dates: htt p://www .w o w -com.c om/c onsumer /issues/driving/ artic les .cfm?ID= 85
82 Copyright é 2004 Nokia NO TES
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 83 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Index Numer ics 1-touch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 , 48 A acces sibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 anyke y answ er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 automatic redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 automatic update of service . . . . . . 48 auto-update of date and time . . . . . 54 B back co ver removin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 backli ght time -out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 batteries and chargers . . . . . . . . . . . 69 battery chargi ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 chargin g tim es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 removin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 talk and standby times . . . . . . . . 75 business c ards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 C calcu lator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 calend ar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 call forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 call log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 call res trictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 call sum mary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 caller groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 calling cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 calls answeri ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 con ference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 in-call option s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 makin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 calorie calcula tor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2 care a nd mainte nanc e . . . . . . . . . . . 72 chan ge lock code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 change, lock code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 charg er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 con necting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 color scheme s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 conta cts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 edi t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 sen d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 countdow n timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0 cur r ency conve rt er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 custo mer ca re . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 D data/fax calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3 dialing codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 display brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 display se ttings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 downloads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 E em erge ncy c all s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 2 while using wire less Int ernet . . . . 66 wit h keyp ad lo c ke d . . . . . . . . . . . 50 enha ncem ent sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . 55 charg er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 handsfre e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 head set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 music s tand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 TTY/TDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 enha ncem ent s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 8 ESN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 exch ang e rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
84 Copyright é 2004 Nokia F feature codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 G game s ettings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 H handsfre e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 head set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 , 55 help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 , 9 help te xt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 I indicators and icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 infrared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 K keygua rd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 keygua rd, aut omatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 L language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 location info shari ng . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 lock code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 lock keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 loudspeaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 M menu downloads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 keygua rd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 message s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 setting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 mes sage fo lder s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 message s delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 minibrowser messages . . . . . . . . . 32 voice messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 voicem ail message s . . . . . . . . . . . 30 minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 minibrowser messages . . . . . . . . . . . 32 mobile I nternet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 5 disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 em pty the cac he . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 make an em erge ncy c all . . . . . . . . 66 sign on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 music s tand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 N netw ork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 netw ork service s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 , 59 netw orks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 O organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 P phone details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4 phone language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 phone lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 phone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 predictive t ext . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 custo mize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Q qu ick ke ys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 R radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 restore factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . 62 right selection key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 roaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 S saf et y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 safety, important safety information 70 scr een save r tim eo ut . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 scrolling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 secu rity settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7 send own calle r ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 85 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 06/04 set date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 setting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 s har e d me mor y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 sh ort cu ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 st art sc re en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 T talk and standby times . . . . . . . . . . 75 techn ical informa tion . . . . . . . . . . . 75 text ent ry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 text m ess ages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 time and date settin gs . . . . . . . . . . . 53 timed profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 to-do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 tone set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 touch to nes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 TTY/TDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 U unlo ck keypa d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 V view dialed numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 minibrowser duration . . . . . . . . . 24 misse d calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 own pho ne num ber . . . . . . . . . . . 61 received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 sav ed m ess ag es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 voic e comma nds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 voice message s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 0 voice privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 voic e record er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 voic ema il . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 volume adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 W wallpape r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 welco me note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 X Xpres s-on co vers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Nokia 6585 U ser Guide
LEGA L INFOR MAT ION P art N o. 93 120 33, Issue No. 1a Copyright é2 004 Nokia. All rights reserved. Nokia, Nokia Co nnecting P eo ple, Nokia 6 585, Xpress-on Colour Co vers, P o p-P o rt, and the N okia Origin al Enh ancements lo gos are tradem arks or registe red trade marks of Nokia Corporation. Other company and product names mention ed herein may be tradem arks or tra de nam es of their res pective owners . Printed in Canada 6/20 04 US P atent No 58 18437 and ot her pen ding patent s. T9 text input soft ware Copyright é 1999- 2004. Tegic Communic ations, Inc. All rights reserved. Includes RSA BSAFE cryptographic or security protocol software from RS A S ec uri ty . Java is a tradem a rk of S un Mi cros ystem s, I nc. The in for mati on co nt ain ed in th is user gui d e was wr i tten f o r th e Nokia 6 585 pr oduct. Nokia operates a policy of ongoing development. Nokia reserves the right to make changes to any o f the products described in this docume nt without prio r notice. UNDER NO CI RCUMST ANCES SHALL NOKIA BE RESPONSIB LE FOR ANY LOSS OF DAT A OR INCOME OR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, AND CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIR ECT DAMAGES HOW SOEV ER CAUSED . THE CO NTENTS O F THIS DOCUMENT ARE PRO VIDED â AS IS .â EX CEPT AS REQUIRED B Y APPLICABLE LAW , NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPL IED, IN CLUD IN G, B UT NOT LI MITED TO , THE IM PLIED WARR ANT IES O F M ER CHA NTABIL ITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE MADE IN RELATION T O THE ACCURACY AND RELIABI LITY OR CONTENT S OF T HIS DOCUME NT . NOKIA RESE RVES THE RIGH T TO REVISE THI S DOCUMENT O R WI THDRAW IT AT ANY TIME WI THOU T PRIOR NO TI CE. EXPORT CONTROLS Thi s device may co ntai n commo dities, tech nolo gy or sof tware sub ject t o export laws and re gula tio ns from th e US and ot her countrie s. Div ersio n contr ary to law is p roh ibit ed. FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE Y our phone may cause TV or radio interference (for example, when using a tel ephone in close proximit y to receiving equip ment). The FCC or Industry Canada can require you to stop using your telephon e if such interference cann ot be eliminate d. If you require a ssistance, contact your loc al serv ice fac ility . This de vice com plies with pa rt 15 of the FCC rules. Opera tion is su bject to the c ondition that this devic e does not cause harmfu l interferen ce.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de iii Copyright é 2004 Nokia Conten ts 1 For your safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 W elcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 About you r device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Network se rvice s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Shared memo ry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Get he lp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Nokia 658 5 phone at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Get the most out of this gu ide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 3 Set up your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 The an tenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 The bat tery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 T urn you r phone on or off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Connec t the h eadset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Change the X press-on ⢠covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Make ca lls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Answ er calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 4 T ext entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Standard mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Predict ive text inpu t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 5 Contacts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Add new co ntacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 Vi ew the con tac ts lis t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Edit con tacts list entrie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Dele te cont acts list entr ie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 Send and r eceiv e contacts (busi ness cards) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 6 Call log (Menu 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Dial ed numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Rece ived calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Miss ed cal ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Dele te call l ogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Mini browser call s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
iv Copyright é 2004 N okia 7 Messages (Menu 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 T ext messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Dist ribution list s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Message folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Message sett ing s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Dele te messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 V oice me ssages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Mini browser message s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 8 Downloads (Menu 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Down loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 New down loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 9 Organi zer (Menu 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Alarm cloc k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Cal endar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 T o-do li st . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 V oice rec order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Cal culat or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Count down timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Stopwatc h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Cal orie cal cul ator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 1 0 Profiles (Menu 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Acti vate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Custom ize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Set a time d profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 1 1 Settings (Menu 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 V oice com mands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Right sele ction key setti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Cal l sett ings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Phone set tin gs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Displ ay set tin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 Tim e settin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 T one s ett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de v Copyright é 2004 N okia Phone det ails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Game set ti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Enhan cement se ttin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Securi ty set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Network se rvice s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 Infrared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 Rest ore factory se ttings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 12 Radio (Menu 8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 T urn on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Option s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Save a chann el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 13 Minibrowser(Menu 1 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Mobile I nternet acces s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Sign on to the m obile Int ernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Navigat e the mobil e Inte rnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 14 K eyguard (Menu 1 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Loc k the keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Unloc k the k eypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 15 Enhancem ents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 16 Reference info rmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Batte ri es and chargers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Additi onal safet y informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0 Care an d mainten ance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Cert ificati on informat ion (SAR ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 T echn ical i nformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Batte ry in formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Nokia On e-Y ear Limi ted W arranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Appendix A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
vi Copyright é 2004 N okia NO TES
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 1 Copyright é 2004 Nokia F or yo u r s afety 1 For your s afety Read th ese simple guidelines . Not follow ing them m ay be da ngerous or il legal. Read the complete us er guide for further in formation. SWITCH ON SAFEL Y Do not swi tch the phone on when wire less phone use is prohibite d or when it may c ause in terference or dan ger . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Obey all local laws. Always keep your hands free to operate the vehicle wh il e dr iv in g. Y o ur fi rst con sid er ation whil e dri vi ng sh ou ld be r oad saf ety . INTE RFERENC E All wireless phone s may be susceptible to int erference, whic h could affect performance. SWITCH OFF IN HOSPITALS Follow any re strictions. Switch the phone off near medic al equipment. SWITCH OFF IN AIRCRAFT Follow any restrictions . Wirele ss devices ca n caus e interfere nce in a ircraft. SWITCH OFF WHEN REFUEL ING Don't u se the phone at a refuelling point . Don' t use nea r fuel or chemic als. SWITCH OFF NEAR BL ASTIN G Follow any re strictions. Do not use the phon e where blasting is in progre ss. USE SENSI BL Y Use only in the normal position as explained in the product documentation. Don't t ouch the ant enna un neces sarily . QUA LIFI ED SE RVIC E Only qualified personnel may inst all or repair this product.
2 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ENHANC EMENTS AND BA TTE RIES Use only approved enhan cements and batterie s. Do not connect incompatible products . W A TER-RESI ST ANCE Y o ur phone is not wa ter-resis tant. Keep it dry . BACKU P C OPI ES Remember to make back-up copie s or keep a w ritten record of all important info rmation stored in your phon e. CONNEC TING T O O THER DEVICE S When con necting to any other device, read its use r guide for detailed safety instruc tions. Do not connect incom patible products. EMERGENCY CALLS Ensure the phone i s switched on and i n service. Press the End key as ma ny times a s needed t o clear the display a nd return to the main screen. E nter th e emer gen cy nu m ber , then pre ss the Ta l k key . Giv e you r lo ca ti o n. Do not end the call until given permission to do so.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 3 Copyright é 2004 Nokia We l co m e 2W e l c o m e Congratulations on your purchase of the Nokia 65 85 phone. Y our ph one provides many fun ctions whi ch are practical for daily use , such as a radio, hands-free loudspe aker , alarm cloc k, calc ulator , cal endar , and more. Y o ur phone ca n also connect to a PC, laptop, or other device u sing a data cable or the built-in IR port. To personalize your phone , you can se t your favorite ring tones, create a go-to- menu, or selec t an Xpre ss-on ⢠colour cover . ⢠ABOUT YO UR DE VICE The wireless phone described in t his guide is approv ed for use on th e AMPS 800, CDMA 800 a nd 1900, an d 1XRTT netw orks. Contact your servic e provider for mo re information abou t netw orks. When using t he features in this de vice, obe y all la ws and respect priv acy a nd legitimate right s of others. War n in g : T o use any featur es in this device, other th an the alarm clock, the phon e must be switched on. Do not switch the device on when wirele ss phone use may cause in terference or dan ger . ⢠N ETWORK SERVICES To use the phone you must have service from a wireless service provider . Many of the features in this devic e depend on features in the wireles s network to functio n. These Netw ork Services m ay not be available on all ne tworks or y ou may hav e to ma ke sp ecif ic arr ang eme nts wi th y our se rvic e pr ovide r be fore you can ut ilize N et work Services. Y ou r service provider may need to give you additional inst ructions for their use and ex plain wha t charge s will ap ply . Som e net works may h ave limita tions that affect how you ca n us e Netw ork Serv ices. F or instanc e, so me netw orks m ay not support all lan guage-dependent characters and services. Y our serv ice provider may have requested t hat certain features be disabled or not activat ed in yo ur device. If so, th ey will not appear in your de vice m enu. Co ntact your servic e provider for more information.
4 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠SHAR ED MEMORY Th e fol lo wi ng f eat ur es in th is de vic e may s h a re m emor y: contact s, tex t mess ages, images, and tone s in the down loads menu, calendar an d to-do note s, games, and applicati ons. Use of one or more o f the se featur es may reduc e the memory avai labl e for the remain ing features sharing mem ory . For example, saving m any calendar notes, may use all of the available memory . Y our phone may display a message that the mem ory is full when you try to use a shared memory feature. In this cas e, delete some of the information or entries stored in th e shared m emory feature s before continuing . Some of th e features, such as images, ton es, g a mes, or a p pl ic ati ons i n the do wnl oad s m enu may ha ve a certain m emory s pecially allotte d to the m in addition to the m emory shared w ith othe r feature s. ⢠GET HE LP Find your phone label If you n eed he lp, N okia Custo mer C are is available for assistance. B efore calling, we recomm end that you write down the follo wing info rmation and h ave it avai lable: ⢠Electron ic serial number (ESN) ⢠Y our postal c ode The ESN is found on the ty pe label, which is located bene ath the battery on the bac k of the phone. For detailed instructio ns on removing the back cover and the battery , see â Re move t he back cove râ on page 1 0 and â Remove the battery â on page 1 0. Contact Nokia Please have yo ur product with you when co ntacting eithe r of the num bers below: Nokia Customer Care Center , USA Customer Care, Canada Nokia Inc. 7725 Woodland Ce nter Boulevard Su ite #150 T ampa, F lorida 336 14 Te l: 1-888-N OKIA-2U (1-88 8-665-42 28) Fax: 1-8 13-24 9-96 1 9 TTY : 1-8 00-2 4-NOKI A (1 -800- 246- 654 2) (hea rin g impa ired onl y) Nokia Products Ltd. 60 1 Westney Road South Ajax, Ontario L1S 4N7 Te l: 1-888-2 2-NO KIA (1-888 -226-65 42) 1-905-4 27-1 373 Fax: 1-905-619-4360 Web si t e: www .n okia.ca Ty pe label
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 5 Copyright é 2004 Nokia We l co m e Updates From time to time, Nokia updates this guide to reflect c hanges. The latest version may be av ailable at www .n ok ia. c a . An interactiv e tutorial for this product may be avail able at the web site www .nokiahow to.com . Accessibility solutions Nokia is committed to makin g mobile phones easy to us e for all individuals, incl uding those w ith disabilitie s. For m ore informatio n, con tact Nokia at 1-888 -226-65 42 or 1-905-4 27-1 373.
6 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠N OKI A 65 85 PHON E AT A GLAN CE Ear piec e Vo l u m e k e y Sta rt sc reen End key Right se lectio n ke y Four-way scro ll ke y Numb er k eys Ta l k k e y Le ft sele cti on key # key * key - Microp hone Charg er por t IR P ort Po w e r k e y Po p - Po r t ⢠Con nect or
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 7 Copyright é 2004 Nokia We l co m e The start screen The start screen is hom e base and indicates you r phone is in idle mode. Signal strength (1) â A highe r bar indicates a stronger network signal. Battery leve l (2) â A h igher bar indicates m ore power in the battery . Menu (3 ) â Pr ess the Left s election key to sele ct this opt io n . Conta cts (4) â Press the Right s elect ion ke y to sele ct this opt i on . Quick keys At the start scree n, the Fo u r- w ay s crol l ke y i nst an tly take s you to f re quent ly - acce ssed menu s: Scro ll u p key â Go t o the Prof iles menu . Scro ll ri ght ke y â La un c h t he Minib rows er . Scro ll do wn ke y â G o to the cont acts lis t. Scro ll lef t ke y â Go to the message m enu to c reate and sen d a text mess age. Indicators and icons Y o u may notice severa l indicators and icons on the sta rt screen. The followin g list describes the indicators and icons: Icon Indica tes.. . Y ou have one or more text messages. See â Read and reply â on page 26. Y ou hav e on e or mor e voic emai l me ss ages. See â V oice me ssage s â on page 30. Y our ph on e â s keypad is locked, see â K eyguar d (Menu 1 1) â on page 67. Y our ph one is set to th e Silen t profi le. See â Prof iles (Me nu 6 ) â on pag e 44 . Th e alarm clock is set to On . See â Alarm clock â on page 35. The coun tdow n tim er is runn in g. Se e â Co unt down ti mer â on pa ge 40. The stop watch timing is runni ng in t he ba ckgr ou nd, s ee â Stopw at ch â on pa ge 4 1. 1 3 2 4
8 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠GET THE MOST OUT OF THIS GUIDE The follow ing sections illustra te the va rious compone nts of your phon e. Familiarize yourself w ith these sec tions to he lp you un derstand the instruc tions t hat follow . This gu ide uses certain terms for the steps that you are asked to pe rform. ⢠Press mean s to press and releas e a key quickl y . For ex ample, Press 7 me an s press the key on the keypad t hat is labeled with th e number 7 and â pqrsâ . ⢠Pres s and hold mean s to pres s and hol d a key for 2 â 3 second s, th en releas e the key . ⢠Selec tion keys are used to sele ct a menu option. T o se lect an op tion, press the selection key below the menu item on the phone â s s cre en. ⢠Scro ll keys are used to move up, dow n, left, or right in the menu s. ⢠Ta l k and End keys: Press the Talk ke y to pl ac e a cal l or to a ns we r an in com ing ca ll. P res s the En d k e y t o e n d a c a l l o r p r e s s a n d h o l d t o r e t u r n t o t h e i d l e s c r e e n . When s hown conti nu ously , th e IR conne ction i s act iv ated and y o ur phone is ready to send or receive data using its IR port; w hen blinking, yo ur ph one is tryi ng to co nnec t to the ot he r device or a connection has been los t. Se e â Infraredâ on page 6 1. Integ rated handsfree is active, see â Lo udspea ker â on pa ge 14. The timed profi le is sele cted, see â Pro files (Menu 6) â on pa ge 44. or An enh ancement is conn ected t o th e pho ne. See â Enha nc em ent se tti ng s â on pag e 5 5. A Loopset is connected to the phone. See â Enh ancem ent sett ings â on pag e 55 . A T eleco mm un ic ati on s De vic e fo r t he Dea f (TT Y/T D D) i s con n ect ed to t he p hone. See â En hanceme nt settin gs â on page 55. or V oice privacy encrypt ion is acti ve (or is no t acti ve) in the n etwor k. See â Vo i c e p r i v a c y â on page 59. or Loca tio n inf o shar in g is s et to 91 1 o n l y or Locat ion on . S ee â Loca t ion inf o sh ar i ng â on pa ge 47. Y ou are in a 1XRTT n etwork. See â Net work s er vic es â on page 3. Y ou are in a dig ital n etwor k. See â Ne t wor k s er vic es â on page 3. Y ou are in an analog netw ork. See â Network services â on page 3. Icon Indica tes.. .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 9 Copyright é 2004 Nokia We l co m e Phone menus Phone feature s are grouped accord ing to func tion and are accessed through the main menus. Each m ain m enu co ntains s ubmenu s and lis ts from which you can sel ect or vi ew items an d cu stom iz e your phon e fe atur es . Y ou can ac ce ss th ese menus a nd subme nus by using the scroll method or by using a shortcu t . Note: Some features may not be available, depending on your n etwork. For more information, con tact your w ireless provi der . The scroll method 1 At the start scree n, select Menu and scroll through th e main m enus us ing the Scrol l up and Scro l l down keys. A scroll bar with a tab moves up or down on th e start s creen as you s croll throu gh t he me nus, prov iding a v isual repre sentati on o f you r c urren t position i n the m enu struc ture. 2 When you arrive at a menu, press Sele ct (th e L eft select ion key) to en ter sub men us. ⢠Press Back ( the Right select io n key) to return to the previous m enu. ⢠Press the End key to r etur n t o th e st art sc reen fr om a ny men u or su bm enu. Shortcuts Y ou can go directly to almost an y menu or submenu, as well as acti vate most features by using a shortcut. At the start scree n, select Menu , t he n within 3 secon ds, pre ss the ke y or keys associat ed w ith the menu function you w ould like to v iew or ac tivate . Fo r exa mpl e, to se lec t th e Meeti ng profile, s elect Menu 6-3-1 from th e sta rt sc ree n ( Menu > Pr ofiles > Meeti ng > Se lec t ). After a brief paus e, the Meeting profile is activated. In-phone help Many featu res have bri ef descri ptions (help text ) whi ch can b e viewed on t he displa y . To v iew these de scriptions, scroll to a feature and w ait for about 1 0 seconds. Press Mor e to v iew all of the de scription, or press Back to e xit. In order to view the de scriptions, y ou m ust first act ivate he lp tex t. At the start scree n, select Menu > Set tings > Phon e se tti ngs > He lp t ext acti vation > On or Off. Scro ll u p Scr oll left Scro ll right Scro ll down
1 0 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 3 Set up your phone ⢠THE ANTENNA Y our device has an internal an tenna located t owards the top of the pho ne. Hold the phone as yo u would any ot her telepho ne with th e antenna a rea pointe d u p and o ver your shoulde r . Note: As with any other radio transmit ting device , do no t touch the ante nna unnece ssarily w hen th e device is swit ched on . Con tact w ith the anten na affects call quality and may cause the phone to operate at a high er power le vel than othe rwise neede d. Avoidi ng conta ct wit h the ante nna are a when ope rating the phone optimize s the ante nna performance and the batte ry life. ⢠THE BATTERY Alw ays swi tch th e dev ice o ff and discon nect the c harger befo re rem ovin g th e batte ry . Rem ove the ba ck cov er 1 Hold the ph one upside down, with the back of the phone facing you. 2 Push down on the back cover release button and pull the bottom of the bac k cover a way from the phone to remove it. Remove the battery 3 Afte r you ha ve remo ved the ba ck cov er , inse rt your finge r into the fing er grip and lift the battery from its co mpartme nt.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 11 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Set up your phone Replace the battery 1 P osition the battery so the gold-c oloured conta cts matc h up w ith those on th e phone. The battery label should be facing away from the pho ne. 2 Insert the battery , gold-col oured contact end first, into the battery slot. 3 Push down on the othe r end of the battery t o snap the battery into place. Repla ce the back cove r 1 Place the top of th e back cover on top of th e locking c atch at th e top of the phone. 2 P osition the back cove r over the locking catches on both sides of the phon e and press down at the top and bott om to loc k the c over into place. Charge the battery 1 Plug the charger transformer in to a standard ac wall outle t. 2 Insert the charge r output plu g into the roun d charger port at t he bottom end of th e phone. After a few se conds, the ba ttery indi cator on th e start scre en sta rts to s croll fr om bottom to top . If the battery is completel y flat, it ma y tak e a fe w m inutes befor e the charging in dicator appears on the start scr een or bef ore any ca lls can be mad e. ⢠T URN YO UR PHONE O N OR OFF To turn your phone on or off, press and hold the Po w e r key on top of the phone for at le ast 3 seconds. ⢠C ONNECT THE HEADSET A compatible he adset may be pu rchased with yo ur phone or se pa rat ely as an enhan cem en t. (S ee â Enhanc em entsâ on page 68 for information.)
12 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 1 Plug the headse t connect or into the P op-P o rt ⢠connector at the bottom end of your phone. 2 P osition the h eadset on your e ar . With the h eads et con ne cted, you can m ake, answ er , and end c alls as usu al. Use t h e key pa d to en ter num bers . Press t he Tal k ke y to place a cal l. Press t he End key to end a ca ll. ⢠C HANGE THE XPRESS-ON ⢠CO VERS Note: Before remov ing the cover , always switch o ff the pow er and disconnect th e charger and any oth er device. Avoid to uching electronic components w hile changing the covers. Always store an d use the devic e with th e covers attach ed. REM OV E TH E BAC K COV ER AN D TH E BAT TER Y See â Re mov e the back cove r â and â Remove the battery â on page 1 0 for instructions on removing t he back cover an d battery . REM OV E TH E FRO NT CO VE R 1 Press the front cove r latch on the top o f the phone while gently pul ling th e top of the front cover away from the rest of the phone. INSTA LL T HE KEYMAT AND FRONT CO VER 2 Rem ove the key ma t from the ol d front cover and place i t into the new front cove r as shown. 3 Inse rt the side latches towards th e b ottom of the ne w front cover in to the match ing holes towards t he bottom of th e phone . 4 Gently push the latch es from the middle of the front cove r into th e m atching h oles in the middle of the phon e.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 13 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Set up your phone 5 Gently push the cover latch on the top of the front cover t hrough the loc king hole in the top of the phone, and snap the front cover into place. REP LAC E THE BAT T ERY A ND BAC K C OV ER See â Replace the battery â on page 1 1 and â Repl ace t he back co ver â on page 1 1 for instruction s on replacing the batte ry and back cove r . ⢠MAKE CALLS Using the key pad 1 Enter the ph one nu mber (includi ng the area cod e), and press the Ta l k ke y . (T o dele te a ch aracter to th e left of the c ursor , press Clear .) 2 Press En d ca ll or the En d key to e nd the call or to can cel the c all atte mpt. Using the contact s list 1 At the start scree n, use the Scro l l down ke y to highli ght the en try you w ish to view . 2 Press t he Ta l k key to m ake the c all, o r pre ss D eta ils to view details of the entry . To store c ontacts in your phone, see â Cont acts lis t â on page 17. Using the last dialed number 1 At the start scree n, press th e Ta l k key t o dis play t he la st 30 num bers dia led. 2 Scroll to th e number (or nam e) you w ish to redial and press th e Tal k ke y . Conference calling Confer ence cal ling is a network ser vice th at all ows you to ta ke part in a conferen ce call with two other parti cipants. 1 Make a call to the fi rst participant . 2 With th e first part icipant on t he line , select Opti ons > Ne w ca l l . 3 Enter the phone number of the second participant, or press Searc h to retriev e a nu mber from t he conta cts list. 4 Press Flash . (The first pa rticipant is put on hold.) 5 When the secon d partici pant pic ks up, pres s the Ta l k key t o conn ec t th e cal ls. 6 To end the co nference call between a ll participan ts, press Option s > En d all cal ls or pre ss and hold the En d ke y .
14 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠ANS W ER CAL LS Answer or decl ine an i ncoming call Press t he Tal k key or Ans w er to answ er an incoming call. Press Sile nce to mu te the ringin g tone ; you ca n then press Answer to an swer th e call, Dismis s to immediately div ert the call to vo ice mail, or do nothing a nd the call is even tually diverted to v oice ma il. Press t he End key to divert the call to voice mail. Adjust the earpiece volume ⢠To inc rease the volum e of a call, pre ss the top of the v olume key on the left side of the phone. ⢠T o dec rease the v olume of a call, pres s the botto m of the volume key on the le ft side of the phone. ⢠When adj usting the volume, a bar c hart appears in the disp lay in dicat ing the volu me lev el. Loudspeaker Y ou ca n us e the loud s pea ke r d ur i ng a ca ll. Do not h ol d the phon e to y our e ar du ring the lou dspeaker operation. ⢠To activate the loud spea ker , press Loud sp. . ⢠To deact ivate t he loudsp eake r during a ca ll, press Ha ndset . The loudsp eaker au tomatically de activat es when a call (or a ca ll attempt ) ends or whe n cert ain enhan c ement s are c onn ect ed. Options during a call Many of t he options that you can use durin g a call are network services. Check with your wirele ss service prov ider for more information. 1 Press Option s during a call to displ ay the list of options available during a cal l: My n umber â View you r own ph one number . Mute â Silenc e the cu rrent ca ll. Louds peaker â Activ ate the loudspe aker . New call â Inclu de anothe r partic ipant in the current c all. End a ll calls â Disconn ect from a ll calls t o wh ich you are conn ected. T o uch t one s â Enter ton es into the curre nt call. Contacts â V iew th e contac ts list in your phone . Me nu â View t he me nu in yo ur ph one. 2 Scro ll to an optio n and pr ess Sele ct to a cti va te the optio n o r ent er it s sub men u . Vo l u m e key
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 15 Copyright é 2004 Nokia T ext entry 4 T ext e ntry Y o u can use the keypad on y our phone to enter text w hen cre ating text m essage s, conta cts, radio entries, even ts in the ca lendar , and addresses into the Min ibrow ser . Y o u can us e tw o metho ds for en tering text and numbe rs: ⢠Standard mode i s the on ly wa y to ent er tex t into su ch things as the conta cts list, calenda r notes, and to rename caller groups. ⢠Predict ive text input is a qu ick and ea sy met hod for wr itin g messa ge s, c reat ing a calendar n ote, or making a to -do list. ⢠STANDARD MODE T ext (Abc ) ⢠Press a key onc e to insert the first l etter o n th e ke y , t wice for the secon d lette r , etc. If y ou pau se briefly , th e last letter in th e display is acce pted a nd your pho ne awai ts t he ne xt entr y . ⢠Pres s the 0 key to ente r a space, the reby accepting a completed w ord. ⢠Pres s the 1 key to en ter a period ( .). ⢠Pres s the * key to di splay spec ial charact er s (press an d hold the * key if p redicti ve text is on). ⢠Pres s Cl ear to backspace the cur sor and del ete a chara cter . ⢠Press and ho ld Clear to backsp ace conti nuousl y and del ete cha racte rs. Numbers (123) To s w it c h t o 123 m ode from Abc mode, press and hold the # key at an y m es sag e entry scre en until the icon in the upper left corne r of the display sw itches from Abc to 123 (o r vi c e ve rs a) . Punctuation and smileys While at any text entr y screen, press the * key to display spe cial characters such as punc tua tion an d other charac ters or pre ss the * key twice to display smileys. (press and hol d the * key i f p redi cti ve t ext is on) . Y o u can na vigate throu gh th e entire list of specia l char acters by us ing the Fou r-way scroll ke y . On ce a c ha ra cte r is highlighte d, press Inser t to inse rt the c hara cter into yo ur me ssage. ⢠PR EDICTIVE TEXT INPUT Predictiv e text in put allows you to w rite m essages quickly using y our keyp ad and the pho ne dictionary . It is much faster than the standard mode method, because for eac h lette r , you o nly pr ess t he correspo ndi ng ke y on your keypa d on ce .
16 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Activate/de activate At an y te xt en try sc reen, pre ss and hol d O ption s . Predicti ve te xt is turned on and off, depending on its previous mode. OR 1 At a ny te xt en try sc reen, sele ct Options > P redicti ve te x t . 2 Scroll to th e language of yo ur choice or P rediction off and pres s Selec t . T ext entry The illu str ati on be low si mula tes yo ur d ispl ay each t ime a ke y is p ressed. For examp le, to write Nokia wi th pr edi c tiv e t ex t on and with the English diction ary selected, press each of the follow ing keys once : the 6 key t he 6 key the 5 key the 4 ke y the 2 ke y ⢠Press t he 0 key to enter a space an d begin writing the next word. ⢠If a d isplayed word is not correct, press the * key to see other matches. T o return to the previous word in the list of matche s, press Pre viou s . ⢠If ? appears afte r a word, press Spel l to add the word to the dictionary . ⢠Pres s the 1 k ey to insert a period into your message. ⢠Pres s and hold the * key to display s pecial cha racters. P ress the * key again to cycle throug h all av ai lable charact ers . ⢠Press the # key t o swit ch p redicti ve text o n or of f and to u se p redict ive te xt in various modes. As you press the # key , t he fo llo wing ico ns (n ot the desc ript io ns) appear in the upper left of the start screen: Uppercase tex t: standard mode is On . Lowercase text: s tandard mode is On . Sentence case text: standard mode is On . Sente nce c ase text : pre dictive text is On . Low erca se t ext: pr edicti ve te xt is On .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 17 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Contacts list 5 Co nta cts lis t The con tacts list ca n hold up to 5 00 co ntacts with m ultipl e numbers an d text not es for each c ontac t. The a mount of numbers and text ent ries th at you can save m ay vary , dependin g on length and the total number of entries i n the contac ts list. ⢠ADD NEW CONTAC TS Save a name and num be r 1 At the start screen, enter th e ph one nu mber you wish to save . 2 Select Options > Sa ve . 3 Enter the name a nd press OK . Save (only) a number 1 At the start screen, enter th e ph one nu mber you wish to save . 2 Press and hold Op tions . Save an entry 1 At the start scree n, select Contacts > Add new . 2 Enter the name a nd press OK . 3 Enter the ph one nu mber , and press OK > Done . Save more information Y ou c an save different types of ph one num bers and short text ite ms per name to the cont acts list. T o save an addre ss or note , you n eed to add it to a n existin g entry ( conta ct). 1 At the start scree n, press th e Scro ll dow n ke y to disp lay the cont ent s of yo ur conta cts list. 2 With the e ntry highlighted, select D etails > Opt ions > Ad d numbe r or Add d etail . If you s elect ed Add nu mbe r , choose Gene ral , Mo bile , Home , Wo rk , or Fa x an d press Se lec t . If you sele cted Ad d det ail , choose E-mail addr ess , Web addre ss , Str eet address , or Note and press Sel ect . 3 Ent er t he nu mber or text fo r the t ype you have s elected and press OK . 4 To change the type of number of detail, highlight the number and se lect Change t ype in the options list.
18 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Change default nu mbers Y ou c an also c hange w hich phone numbe r is the default (primary) number for t he conta ct entry . The first n umber yo u save for any e ntry is automat ically se t as th e default, or primary number , but t he primary num ber can alwa ys be change d. 1 At the start screen , sc roll dow n to the entry yo u wish to change and pre ss Detai ls . 2 Scr oll to the numbe r you wish to set as the def aul t and select Op tions > As primar y num ber . Set up voice tags For information on settin g up voice tags, see â Add a voice tag â on page 45. Caller groups Y ou c an add contacts list entries to any of five caller groups, and the n assign a unique ringing tone or graphic t o that group. Thi s enables you to ide ntify callers from the group b y their unique ri nging tone or graph ic. SE TUP A GR OU P 1 At the sta rt screen, press the Scro ll dow n key to dis play a lis t of entries in y our conta cts list. 2 Scroll to a n ame you wou ld like to add to a caller group and press Det ail s . 3 Scroll to the number of your choice and select Options > Ca ll er gr ou ps . 4 Scroll to th e caller group t o which you would lik e to add th e name and press Se lec t . OPTI ON S 1 At the start scree n, select Contacts > Caller gr oups . Family , VIP , Friends , Busin ess , an d Other are the available calle r groups. 2 Use t he Four-way scrol l key to highlight a group and pre ss Se lec t to dis play the following caller group options: Ren ame gr ou p â Rename the group to y our prefe rence. Grou p ringi ng tone â Set the ringing tone for the group. Grou p logo â T urn the graphic for the ca ller group on or off. Grou p mem bers â Add or remove members from the caller group. Set up 1-touch dialing Y o u can a ssocia te an y entry in the conta cts list with a key from 2 âÂÂ9 ; t hen dia l those entrie s by pressing and h olding the assigned k ey . 1 At the start scree n, select Contacts > 1 -to uch d ialin g. 2 Scroll to an (empty ) loca tion and press As si gn .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 19 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Contacts list 3 Enter the n umber (incl uding the area c ode) and press OK , or press Sear ch to retrieve a number from th e contac ts list. 4 Enter a nam e for the nu mber and p ress OK . If 1-touc h dialing is o ff, the phone displays a prompt asking if you w ould like to turn 1 -touch dia ling on. 5 Press Ye s to activate 1-touc h dialin g. 6 T o make a call, press and hol d the assi gned k ey . CHA NGE 1- TOUCH DIALI NG NUM BERS 1 At the start scree n, select Contacts > 1-to uch d ia lin g . 2 Scroll to th e 1- touch di aling entry you wi sh to c hange and selec t Opti ons > Change. 3 Enter the ne w nu mber , or pres s Searc h to retrieve a number from the contacts list, a nd press OK . 4 Enter a nam e for the e ntry and press OK . DELET E 1-T OUCH DIALI NG NUMB ERS 1 At the start scree n, select Contacts > 1-to uch d ia lin g . 2 Scroll to th e 1-touch di aling loc ation you w ish to delete and select Options > De lete . 3 Press OK to delet e the phone n umber assigned to th e key . ⢠VIEW THE C ONTACTS LIST 1 At the start scree n, select Contacts . 2 Scroll to one of the following options and pre ss Selec t to activate the feature or enter its su bmenu: Sea rch â Find a name or s elect from a list. Add ne w â Add a conta ct to y our conta cts l ist. Ed it n am e â Edit an exis ting name . Delet e â D el ete a name and its ass ociated numbers. Add nu m ber â Add a n umber t o an existi ng name. Set ting s â Cha nge th e contac ts lis t view or chec k the memory s tatus of your phon e. 1-to uc h dia ling â View or modify t he list of 1 -touch dialing nu mbers. Vo i c e t a g s â Attach , listen to, or modify a voice ta g to a contact in the conta cts list. My n umber â View yo ur own pho ne nu mb er . Ca ll er grou p s â V iew and edit the propertie s for any of th e caller groups, including Fa m i l y , VI P , Frien ds , Busin ess , or Other .
20 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Search for a name 1 At the start scree n, press th e Scro ll dow n ke y to disp lay the cont ent s of yo ur conta cts list. 2 Press the key w hich corresponds to the first letter of the name for whic h you are performi ng a search. (Press the key as ma ny time s as necessary until y ou reac h the lett er of your choice.) 3 Scroll up and down to select a contact and p ress Det ails to view the details. Configure settings Y ou can s elect how th e conta cts a ppear i n yo ur conta cts li st and v iew th e am ount of memory use d or available in you r phone. 1 At the start scree n, select Contacts > Setti ngs . 2 Scroll to one of the following options and press Selec t to en ter the s ubmenu : Scro llin g vie w â Select Name list, Nam e a n d nu mber , or Name an d imag e vie w . Me mory st atus â V iew the amoun t of phone memory use d as well as th e amount of ph one memory available. Note: For more information on used and available mem ory , see â Shared memory â on page 4. ⢠EDIT CONTACTS LIST ENTRIES 1 At the start scree n, press th e Scro ll dow n ke y to disp lay the cont ent s of yo ur conta cts list. 2 Scroll to th e co ntact e ntry you wo uld like to edit and press Deta ils . 3 Scroll to th e phone nu mber or de tail you wish to edit and pre ss Opt ions . 4 Scroll to one of the follow ing options and press Selec t : Add vo ic e tag â Add a v oice tag to the contact. Ed it n umbe r â Edit an existin g phone numb er of the con tact. Del ete numbe r â D elete a phone num ber from th e cont act. Use n umber â Th e sel ect ed nu mber appears on t he st art scre en. View â Vie w the de tails of the conta ct. Change type â Change the num ber type to Gene ral , Mobil e , Hom e , Wor k , or Fax or th e detail type to E- ma il , Web address , Street addr ess , or No te . As pr ima ry num ber â Change the defau lt number of th e cont act. Add nu m ber â Add a n umber to the co ntact. Add de tail â Add an address or note to the contact. Add im age â Add an image from the Down loads menu to th e con t ac t.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 21 Copy right é 2004 Nok ia Contacts list Ca ll er grou p s â Add the contac t to an e xisting caller group. Custo m tone â Add a cu stom ring tone to the conta ct. Sen d bus. ca rd â Send the contact as a business c ard to another phone. Send messag e â Create and send the con tact a mess age. 1-to uc h dia ling â Add the conta ct to your 1-touch dialing list. Ed it n am e â Ed it th e na me o f th e c ont ac t. View nam e â View t he na me of t he co ntac t. Delet e â D elete the entire c ontact entry from y our conta cts list. 5 Edit the option to your pre ference and press OK . ⢠DELETE CONTACTS L IST ENTR IES 1 At the start scree n, select Contacts > Dele te . To de lete individual en tries, select One by on e . Scroll to th e entry you wish to delete, press Delete > OK to confirm . To delete th e ent ire content s of you r con tacts list, scroll t o Delet e all . Press Sele ct > OK to con firm. 2 Enter the security code ( the de fault secu rity c ode is 12345 ) and pre ss OK . ⢠SEN D AND RECEI VE CON TACTS (BUSIN ESS CARDS) Y o u can s end and re ceive an en try in you r con tacts list (busine ss card) using infrared (IR) or as a t ext messa ge, if supported by your wireless provider . For more informat ion on using IR, se e â In fraredâ on page 6 1. Send a business card IR 1 Activate the IR port of the other devic e and align the IR ports of both devices. 2 Highlight the entry from the conta cts list t hat you w ish to send an d select Det ails > Op tions > Send b us. card > Via infrared . 3 If the en try has multi ple subentrie s, select Pri mar y number or All det ail s , and the bu sine ss card is se nt. T EXT ME SSAGE 1 Highlight the entry from the conta cts list t hat you w ish to send an d select Det ails > Op tions > Send b us. card > Via text me ssage . 2 If th e en try h as m ult ipl e sub entri es , se lect P rima ry nu mbe r or All de tails . 3 Enter the nu mber for you r recipient or pre ss Search to retrieve a number from you r cont acts list. 4 Press OK and th e b usiness card is sent.
22 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Receive a business card usi ng IR 1 At the start screen, select Menu > Settings > Infrar ed to e nsu re IR is acti va ted . 2 Activate the IR port of the other devic e and align the IR ports of both devices. When you recei ve t he bu sin ess c ard , you r phon e beeps and a me ss age appe ars in the display . 3 Press Show > Save to save the bu siness card in phon e memory , or pr ess Exit > OK t o discard the busine ss card.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 23 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Call log (Menu 1) 6 Call log (Menu 1) The Ca ll log me nu s tores informa tion about t he la st 30 dialed, 30 received, or 30 missed c alls. When the number of cal ls ex ceed the max imum , t he most rec ent call rep lac es the ol des t . Whe the r vi ewi ng diale d, r ecei ved, or miss ed ca ll s, th e men u opt ions are the sam e: Call t ime â Display the date and t ime of the call. Send messag e â Send a message to the num ber . Vi ew numbe r â Di s pla y the num b er . Use n umber â Edit t he number and associate a name with the number . Sav e â Enter a name for the number and save it t o you r contacts lis t. Add to cont act â Add th e n umber to an existin g entry in y our conta cts list , if the number is not a ssocia ted w ith a na me. Delet e â Cle ar the n umber from memory . Call â C all the n umber . ⢠DIALED NUMB ERS To vi ew num bers yo u have prev iously dialed from y our phone: At the start scree n, press th e Ta l k key . OR 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Call lo g > Diale d num bers . 2 Scroll to a n ame or nu mber and press Opt ions . 3 Scroll to an option and press Selec t to view or activate the option. ⢠R ECEIVED CALLS Receiv ed calls are ca lls that h ave bee n answ ered. To vi ew rece ived c alls: 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Call log > Rec eived c alls . 2 Scroll to a n ame or nu mber and press Opt ions . 3 Scroll to an option and press Selec t to view or activate the option. ⢠MISSE D CALLS Note: The m issed calls feature doe s not funct ion when y our phone is switche d off. Misse d calls a re calls tha t were ne ver ans were d. To view missed calls : 1 If 1 mis sed call appears in the display , press List .
24 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 2 When the phone num ber appears in t he display , pre ss Option s . 3 Scroll to an option and press Selec t to view or activate the option. OR 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Call lo g > M issed calls . 2 Scroll to a n ame or nu mber and press Opt ions . 3 Scroll to an option and press Selec t to view or activate the option. Call times Y ou c an dial, receive, or m iss up to five c alls to or from the same num ber and view th e t im e each call occurred. Y o ur clock must be set for this feature to work acc urately . 1 While viewin g a call, s elect Optio ns > Call time . 2 Press t he Sc roll dow n key to vie w the most recen t call times for this num ber; press Back to return to the option s list. ⢠DELETE CALL LOGS Y ou c an delete any dialed, received, or missed calls from phon e memory . 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Call lo g > Delet e re cent call li sts. 2 Select the call type y ou would like to clear ( All , Mi sse d , Received or Dial ed ). ⢠M IN IBRO WSER CA LLS The M inibrow ser is a ne twork servic e. See â Ne twork services â on page 3 for more information. If your w ireless service provider supports this feature, you c an view the size or durati on of sent o r received data from the M inibro wse r . S ee â Min ibrowser (Menu 1 0) â on page 65 for more in formation. Note: The ac tual ti me invo iced for c alls and s ervices b y your s ervice provider may va ry , depending on netw ork features, roundin g off for billing, tax es, and so fort h. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Call lo g > M inibr owser c alls. 2 Scroll to one of the follow ing options: Last sen t browser data â View t he size (KB) of the last send browser data. Last re ceived br ows er data â Vi ew th e s ize (KB ) o f th e las t rece ive d dat a. All sen t brow ser dat a â Vie w the size (KB) of all sent browser data. All re cei ved brow ser data â V iew the size (KB) of all received browser data. Last b rowser sessi on â View the du ration time of th e last browser session. All b row ser ses sions â View the duration tim e of all browser sessions. Cl ea r al l brow ser l ogs â Press OK > Ye s to c lear all browser logs.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 25 Copyright é 2004 Nokia M ess ag es (M en u 2 ) 7 Messages (Me nu 2) If you h ave su bscribed to a mess aging serv ice through your wi rel es s prov id er , you ca n send and rec eive text messa ges to compat ible phones that a lso subscr ibe to a c ompatible me ssage s ervice. Y o u can also lis ten to your voi cemail m essages, and you may be able to send a nd rece ive e- mail messa ges usi ng the M inibrow ser . When sendin g messages, your device may display the w ords â Mess age Sen t . â This i s an ind ication that the m essage has b een se nt by y our devi ce to the me ssage cent er num ber programmed into your devic e. This is not an indication t hat th e messa ge has been re ceive d at the in tended destin ation. For more deta ils, a bou t messagi ng ser vices, check wit h your servi ce pr ovider . Using spe cial (Unic ode) charact ers, such as ë , â , á , ì , takes up more s pace . If there are s pecial c haracte rs in y our mes sage, the in dicator may no t show th e messag e length correctly . Be fore the m essage is sent, the devic e tells y ou if the message exce eds th e maximu m length allowe d for one messa ge. Y ou can ca ncel se nding by pressi ng Cancel o r you can sav e th e mess age i n the i nbox . ⢠T EXT MESSAGES Write and send 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Messag es > Creat e text me ssage > Add nu m ber or Add e -mail . 2 Enter the recipient â s phone number or e- mail address, or press Se arch to retrieve a number from your con tacts list, th en press Selec t > OK. 3 Select Options > Enter text . Af ter a b rie f paus e, the mess age en tr y scre en appears in the display . 4 Compose a message using the keypad and press Optio ns > Send . Options When you create a text message, depending on th e mode of te xt input you are using and the features supporte d by your wireless service provid er , some or all of the follow ing options a re available : Sen d â Send th e message to one recipient. List re cipie nts â Se nd th e me ssa ge to m ore t han o ne reci pien t. Set ting s â Set th e prio rity of the message . Save message â Sel ect Archive t o s a v e t h e m e s s a g e i n y o u r a r c h i v e ; s e l e c t T emplates to save the m essag e as one of your predefine d template s. Clear text â Erase the text clipboard .
26 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Exi t editor â Save the mes sage to your arc hive au tomatic ally and leav e the message editor . Inse rt c ont act â In sert a na me from y our c ontac ts list into your messa ge. Inse rt nu mb er â Insert a phone number or find a phone num ber in t he contacts list. Use tem plat e â Ins ert a pre defined t emplate into your m essage. Inse rt pi ctur e â Insert a preloaded picture into you r message. Inse rt s mile y â In sert a sm iley face into your me ssage. Inse rt/E dit wo rd â Enter or edit the text of a n ew w ord that migh t no t appear in the predictiv e text dictionary . Inser t symbol â Ins ert a special chara cter into your message. Predictive text â Choos e a pr ed ic ti ve te xt lan gu age and tu rn pre dic ti ve te x t on or off. Mat ch es â Vie w matches fou nd in the dictionary for the word y ou wa nt to u se. TE M P L A T E S Te mpla tes are short, pre-written me ssages wh ich can be recalle d and inserted into new te xt messa g es wh en you are shor t on time . 1 At the st art screen, select Menu > Messa ges > Create text message > Add num be r or Ad d e-m ail . 2 Enter the recipient â s phone number or e-mail address, or press Sea rch to retrieve a number from your con tacts list, th en press Selec t > OK . 3 Select Options > Ent er te xt . 4 Select Options > Use tem pla te . 5 Scroll to one of the available te mplates and pres s Select . 6 En ter the te xt int o yo ur ne w m es sag e a nd se lect Options > Send . Read and reply When you receive a message, your phone beeps, and 1 messag e received and the unopened le tter ic on ( ) appears i n the display . 1 Press Sho w to read the mes sage, or Exi t to mo ve it t o y ou r inb o x. (W he n y ou have unopened messages in your inbox , is shown in t he uppe r left corner of the start s creen as a remin der .) Whe n read in g the m ess age, us e th e Scrol l up key or Scro ll down key to v iew th e whol e mess age if ne cessa ry . 2 Select Options > Reply . 3 Select a St art re pl y with option, th en compose your re ply using t he keypad. 4 Select Options > Sen d > Add n umber or Add e -ma i l .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 27 Copyright é 2004 Nokia M ess ag es (M en u 2 ) 5 Enter the recipient â s phone num ber , or press Sear ch t o retrieve a n umber from your con tacts list, the n pres s Se lec t > OK . 6 With th e recip ient high lighted, sele ct Opt ions > Sen d . When you read or reply to a text message, the following options are available: Delet e â D is card the m essa ge. Reply â Reply to th e mes sage. Create the mess age and press Op tions , then Sen d . Th e sende r â s phone numbe r or e-mail is use d as the default. Use n umber â Choose Save , Ad d to cont act , Send message , or Call . Sav e â Save the m essag e to a folde r . Forward â Forward the message to anoth er phone nu mber . Rename â Edit the tit le o f the me ssage . ⢠DISTRIB UTION LISTS Y o u can s end a te xt me ssage to multiple recipie nts at one tim e. First, yo u mu st create a distribution list us ing the entries in your c ontac ts list. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Messages > Text messages > Dis tribu tion Li st s . 2 Select Options > Add lis t . 3 Enter the name of the list and press OK . 4 With th e l ist highli ghted, selec t Option s > V ie w li st > Add co ntac t. 5 Highlight the cont act you wa nt to add to th e distribu tion list and press Select . 6 Highlight the phone number you want to add and press Selec t . Repeat steps 4 â 6 to add additional co ntacts to the distribu tion list. Send a message To send a me ssage to a ll cont acts in a distribution list: 1 At the start screen, select Menu > Messages > Create tex t message > Add list . 2 Highlight the distribution li st you are sending to and press OK . 3 Press Options > Enter t ext . 4 Compose a message using the keypad and press Op tions > Send . The m es sag e is sent to all recip ients in that dis tribution lis t. Options 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Messages > Text messages > Dist ri butio n li sts . 2 Highlight a distribut ion list and select Opt ions .
28 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 3 Scroll to an option and press Selec t to enter the submenu: Add lis t â C reate a distribution list us ing you r conta cts list. View l ist â View th e list of con tacts or num bers in a distribution list th at you have c reate d. Rename list â Renam e a dis tribution lis t that you hav e create d. Clear l ist â Delete the c ontac ts or numbe rs from a dis tribution list that you have c reate d. Del ete li st â Delet e a distribution list th at you ha ve c reated. ⢠MESSAGE FOLDERS Y ou can save drafts of messages or received messa ges to an existing folder or to a folder that you ha ve create d. Whi le v iewin g a messa ge sele ct Op tions > Sa ve message > Sent item s , T emplates , Arc hive , or a folder you have created on your own. View saved messages 1 At the start scree n, select M enu > Mes s age s > Tex t me ssa ges . 2 Scroll to the folder containing the m essa ge you wish to view and press Sel ect . 3 Once the folder opens, s croll to the m essage you wish to vi ew and press Selec t to open the messa ge. INBOX Messages a re automatically stored in the inbox after they have been read or if you press Back wh e n 1 message re ceiv ed appears on the start screen . SENT IT EMS Message s tha t you hav e sent ar e auto matical ly store d in t he sent items fold er . ARCH IVE Stor e messages t hat have been read and t hat yo u want to ke ep in th e Ar chive fol der . TE M P L A T E S Pictures and prewritten templates are stored in t he Te m p l a t e s folder . Preloaded template s can be ed ited and cu stomize d. For more in formation on using tem plates, see â Te mp l at e sâ on page 26. MY FOLDERS K eep your messages organized by crea ting custom folders and saving some of your mes sages there . To add a folder: 1 At the st art screen, select Menu > Messa ges > T ext messages > My folders > Options > Ad d fo lder .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 29 Copyright é 2004 Nokia M ess ag es (M en u 2 ) 2 Enter a nam e for the ne w folder and pre ss OK . To rename a folder: 1 At the st art screen , se lec t Menu > Messages > T ext messages > My folders . 2 Any folde rs that you h ave cre ated appear in the disp lay . Scroll to the folder you wish to rename and sele ct O pt ions > Re name fold er . 3 Enter the n ew nam e for the folde r and press OK to co nf ir m or Back to exit. To delete a folder: Only folde rs creat ed in My fold er s can be deleted. The In box , Se nt item s , Ar chiv e , and Temp lates folders ar e prot ect ed. When you del ete a fo lder , all mess ages in the folder are also delete d. 1 At the st art screen , se lec t Menu > Messages > T ext messages > My folders . 2 Scroll to th e folder y ou wis h to rem ove and select Op tions > D ele te f older . 3 Press OK to delet e o r Back to exit. ⢠MESSAGE SETTINGS Sending options 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Messag es > Text mes sages > Message sett ings > Se ndin g options . 2 Scroll to th e se tting you wish to change and pres s Se lec t : Prior ity â Set t h e mess age p rio ri ty as Ur gent or Nor mal . Deli ver y no te â A n ote is se nt to yo u co nfirming de livery of the me ssage. Select On or Off . Send callback n umber â A callback number is sent to th e recipient. Select Of f or your phon e num ber . Settings When the message memory is full, your ph one can not send or receive any new messages. Howev er , you c an set y our phone to automatically replace old me ssages in the Inbox an d Outbox fold ers w hen new ones arrive . 1 At the st art screen, select Menu > Messages > T ext mess ages > Message set ting s > O the r sett ing s . 2 Scroll to th e se tting you wish to change and pres s Se lec t . Mes sa ge fo nt size â Select Sma ll fo nt or Large font . Mess age ov erwr iting â Select Sent ite ms on ly , Inbox on ly , Sen t ite m s & inbox , or Of f . Save t o sen t items as send in g â Se lect Alw ays sa ve , Al wa ys pr om pt , or Off .
30 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠DELETE MESSAGES If your message memory is full an d you have mor e messages waiting at the network, or blinks on start screen. Y ou can do the following : ⢠Read some of the unread messages and t hen delete them. ⢠Delete messages from some of your folders. A single message To delete a single message, you need to open it first. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Mes sa ge s > Tex t m ess ag es . 2 Scro ll to th e f old er co nt ainin g the m es sage you wi sh to de lete a nd pr es s Select . 3 Scroll to th e message you wish to de lete and press Sel ect . 4 Select Options > Delet e . 5 Press OK to d el ete the mes sage or Back to ex it. All messages in a folder 1 At the st art screen, select Menu > Messages > T ext mess ages > Delet e messag es > All , All rea d , All un read , Inb ox , Sen t i tem s , or Ar ch ive . 2 Scroll t o the folder containing the messages you wish to delete and press Select . Impor tant : If you select A ll read (or Al l u nre ad ), it deletes any me ssages which have been read (or unread) in all o f t he fo lders . If you se lec t All , all of the message s in all of th e fol der s are del e ted . 3 Press OK to em pt y th e fo ld er . ⢠V OICE MESSAGES If you subscribe to voice mail, your wirele ss provider will furnish you with a voic em ai l nu mbe r . When yo u rec eive a vo icemail message, yo ur pho ne lets y ou know by be ep ing , d is pla y ing a m essa ge, or both. If you re ceive more than on e message, your phone shows the number of v oicemail messages received. Save voicemail number 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Messages > V oi ce messages > V oice mai lbox n umbe r . After a brief paus e, the Mailbox num ber screen appears i n the displ ay . 2 If the box is empty , enter the voic emai l ar ea code and number . Y o ur wireless provider m ay have a lready saved you r voicem ail number to y our phone. If s o, th e number w ill appear in the dis play . Press OK to leave the number unc hange d. 3 Press OK .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 31 Copy right é 2004 Nok ia M ess ag es (M en u 2 ) Call and setup your voice mail 1 Once you have s aved the v oicem ail nu mber , pre ss an d hold the 1 key . 2 When you connect to voice m ail and the prere corded greeting begins, follow the serv ice â s automa ted instructions to setup your voice mail. Listen to your voice mail messages Once you have setup voice mail, you can retrieve your voicemail messages several ways: ⢠Dial the voice mailbox number u sing the keyp ad. ⢠Pr ess a nd ho ld t he 1 key . ⢠Pres s Li sten if there is a notification message in the display . ⢠At the st art screen, select Menu > M essage s > V o ic e message s > Listen to vo ice m ess ag es . Once you connect to voic e mail and the prerecorded greeting begin s, follow the autom ated instruct ions to li sten to you r voi cemail me ssages . Automate voice mail Y o u c an in ser t sp eci al ch arac te rs ca lled â dia ling co de s â i nt o ph one num ber s su ch as v oic e ma i l, a n d sa ve th e n umb er to a 1 -t ou ch d ia li ng lo cati on. Dialing codes instruct the receiving system to pau se, wait, bypass, or accept the numbe rs that follow them i n the d iali ng string. Note: V o ice mail s ervic es var y by ser vice pr ov ider . The fo llo win g instru cti ons are examples of common oper ations . Please check with your servi ce provid er for specific instruct ions for u sing your voic e ma il service. WRITE DO WN VOICEMA IL NUMBER AND PROCESS 1 Write down your voice mailbox number . 2 Call a nd check your voice ma il as you normally would. 3 Write down your in teraction with the reco rded prompts step-by-step. K eep in mind tha t each v oice mail s ervice ma y vary . Howe ver , it shou ld look some thing like th is: Dial 2 1455 5 12 12, paus e 5 seconds, press 1 , p aus e 2 s econds, pres s 12 34, p ress pound key . Impor tant : Be precise ; you will nee d this informatio n in â Setup voice ma il with dialin g codes â on page 32. INSE RT D IAL ING CODES Press t he * key repeatedly to c ycle through dialing c odes. Once th e desired code appears in the display , pause briefly and the code is inserted into the dialing string.
32 Copyright é 2004 Nokia The foll owi ng dial ing code s are availa ble : SETUP VOICE MAIL WITH D IALIN G COD ES 1 At the start scree n, select Contacts > 1-to uch d ia lin g . 2 Scroll to an empty 1-touc h dialing slot and press Assi gn . 3 Enter you r voice mailbox nu mber , incl uding the area code . 4 Refer to dialing codes and ente r any codes as n ec essary using the information that you wrote down from page 3 1. For examp le, i f yo u pause for 5 seco nds after connecti ng to v oice mail , enter p twice afte r th e voi ce m ai lb ox nu mb er , for exa mple , 2 1 455 5 12 12 pp . 5 Enter any remaining paus es or other information th at allow s you to listen to your mes sages, and press OK . 6 Enter a name (su ch as V oice Mail ) and press OK . To dial and list en to your v oice ma il, ju st press and h old th e assigne d 1-touch dialing key at t he start screen. View details of l a st voice mail Y o u can vie w inform ation abou t your la st rece ived vo ice mail. At the star t scr een, select Men u > Messag es > V oice mes sages > View details of last v oice ma il . Clear voicemail icon To clear the new voic email icon from th e start scre en, select Menu > Messa ges > V oice messages > Clear voi cemail icon . ⢠MIN IBRO WSER MESSAGES Minibrowser messaging is a network se rvice. See â Network services â on page 3 for more inform ation. If your wire less service provider supports this feature, y ou can check for e-mail mes sages using the Minibrow se r . At the start scree n, se lect Menu > Messag es > Min ibr owser me ssages > Connect. See â Minibrow ser (Menu 10) â on p age 65 for m ore informat ion on us ing the Mini bro wse r in your ph one to access web pages. Dialin g code Indic ates... * Bypass es a set of instr uct ion s. p P au ses for 2.5 s econds before send ing any nu mbers that foll ow . w W aits fo r you to press the Talk key before sending the numbe rs or codes that follow .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 33 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Do wnloads (Men u 4) 8 Downloads (Menu 4) The Down loads me nu g ives you a cces s to im ages , tone s, games, applic ations, and more. You can also us e the Mini bro wse r in your ph one to dow nload ne w content to the Dow nload s menu . Copyright protection s may prevent some images, tones, and other con tent from being copied, mo dified, transferred, or forwarded. Only in stall source s that offer ade quate prote ction against h armful software. ⢠DOWNLOADS Some co ntent has already be en downloaded in to your phon e. To view the cont ent: 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Down load s > Im ages , To n e s , Gam e s , Appli cat ions , or Other . 2 Scroll to th e item of your c hoice and press Sele ct to start the a pplicatio n. ⢠NEW DOWN LOA DS Y ou can download new i tems using eith er the Downloa ds m e n u o r t h e Minibr owser menu in your ph one. Using the Down loads menu: 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Down load s > Im age s , Ton es , Game s , Appli cat ions , or Othe r . 2 Highlight Get n ew and press Selec t . The Minib rowse r lau nch es and tak es you t o th e co rresp on ding d ow nloa d men u . Using the Minibrowse r menu: 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Min ibrow ser > Co nnect . 2 Once the Min ibrow ser is connected, navigate to the de sired homepage and follow the appropriate instruction s to download y our content. ⢠GAMES Challenge yourself or a frie nd to one of the fun games in y our phone . Note: So me me nus li st ed ar e ne tw or k se r vic es. C on t act y our wi re l ess provider for more inform ation. Play a game 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Do wn l oad s > Games. 2 Scroll to a gam e and press Options > Pl ay .
34 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 3 Scroll to on e of the follow ing options (if support ed by the particular game ) and press Se lec t : New game â Starts a new game. High sc ores â View the high scores for th is game (if previously played). Inst ruc tio ns â View instructions for playing the game. Use the Scr oll dow n ke y to read more. To adjust the sounds, li ghts, or vibrating effects of your ph one, see â Game sett i ng s â on page 5 4. Options While viewing the list o f games, hi ghlight a game and press Options : Play â Press Selec t to begin playing the game . Delet e â Sele ct OK to perma nently delete the gam e from th e gam es list. Dat a acc ess â Y ou might need to acce ss the web u sing th e Min ibrow ser menu i n your phon e in order to pl ay the game. Select Ask fi rst , Allowe d , or Not allow ed . Det ails â View the properties of the selected game. So rt â Arrange th e games in the games list according to your pre ference. Select By nam e , By date , By format , or By size . ⢠MEMORY Y ou can view th e fre e an d used mem ory o f the f unctio ns in the Dow nl oad s menu. At the start scree n, select Menu > Down load s > Memo ry .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 35 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Organizer (M enu 5) 9 Organizer (Menu 5) Y o ur phone c ontains fe atures to h elp organiz e your ev eryday life, includi ng an alarm cloc k, cale ndar , to-do lis t, voice recorder , calculator , cou ntdown time r , stopwatc h, and calorie calculator . ⢠ALARM CLOCK Set an alarm The alarm clock is based on the phone clock. It sounds an alert any tim e you specify and ev en work s if the ph one is tu rned of f. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Or ga ni zer > Ala r m cl ock > Alar m time . 2 Enter the time for the a larm (in hh:m m format) and pre ss OK . 3 Select am or pm . Ala rm on appears briefly in the display and appears on the start sc reen . Set an alarm tone Y o u can s et wh ich tone is playe d whe n the alarm s ounds. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Or ga ni zer > Ala r m cl ock > Ala rm to ne . 2 Highlight the tone of your ch oice and press Selec t . Alarm conditions When the alarm sounds, your phone pl ays the al arm tone you have select ed and the s tart screen ligh ts up. 1 With th e phone on, pres s Stop to shut the alarm off, or press Snoo ze . The alarm st ops for 1 0 minutes and Snoo ze on appears in the display . 2 While snoozing, press St op to turn the alarm off. Note: If you do not press a key , the alarms stops (snoozes) for 5 minut es, and then sound s again. If the alarm tim e is reached whil e the phone is switched off, the phone switches itself on and starts sounding the alarm tone. If you press St op , the de vice a sks whet her yo u want to a ctivate the pho ne for ca lls. Press No to switch off t he phone or Ye s to make and receive c alls. Do not press Ye s whe n wir el ess phon e u se may cause interfe rence or danger . T urn an alarm off At the star t scre en, sel e ct Menu > Organizer > A larm cl ock > A lar m time > Off .
36 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠CALENDA R The calendar keeps track of r eminders, calls you need to make, meetings, and birthdays. It can ev en sound an alarm for any of these e vents. Mont hly vie w pr ovide s an ov erv iew of th e se lec ted mon th an d we ek s. It also all ows you to jump to a specific date. Any days or da tes that appear in bold font contain calenda r notes s uch as a mee ting or rem inder . Open At the start sc reen, selec t Menu > Organi ze r > Cal end ar . Y ou can move the cursor in some calen dar views by using the Four-way scroll keys. Go to a date 1 At the start s creen, s elect Menu > Organiz er > Calendar > Opt ions > Go to date . 2 Enter the date (for exampl e, 05/15/200 4) and pres s OK . Make a note Y ou c an choose from five ty pes of note s: Meeti ng , Call , Birthday , Mem o , and Remin der . Y our ph one asks for furth er informatio n depending on which note you choose. Y ou also h ave the option to se t an alarm for any note that you selec t. 1 Go to the da te for which you want to se t a reminder . (See â Go to a date â in the previous s ection if you need more inform ation.) 2 From the monthly view ( with th e go to date hi ghlighted) , select Option s > Make a note . 3 Scroll to one of the follow ing note types and press Selec t : Meeti ng â Y ou are prompted to enter a subject, location, and a start/end tim e. Call â You are prompted to enter a ph one nu mber , a name, and th e time . Birthday â Y ou are prompted to enter the pers on â s name, and year of birth. Me mo â Y ou are prom pted to enter a subje ct and an end date. Reminder â Y ou are prompt ed to ente r the su bject you wish to be re minded about. 4 Enter yo ur not e, sele ct Opt ions > Sav e . 5 Choose whet her you want to set an alarm, enter the alarm time, and press OK . View notes Afte r you ha ve c reate d some calend ar n otes, you ca n vie w the m as fo llows : 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > O rga niz er > C al end ar . 2 Scroll to th e dat e contain ing the note. (Any days c ontaini ng no tes will be in bold font.) 3 Select Options > View day or W eek view . 4 To view a high lighted n ote, s elect Optio ns > View .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 37 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Organizer (M enu 5) Options w hile viewing a list of notes Press Options > Sel ect while viewing the body of a note or th e he ader of a note to activate an option or enter its subm enu: View â View th e fu ll not e. Make a note â Crea te a n ew n ote for the sel ected date. Delet e â D elete the sel ected note . Edit â Edit the s elected n ote. Mov e â M ove th e selec ted no te t o anot her da te on you r cale ndar . Repeat â Enable the selected note to recur on a re gular basis (da ily , weekly , b i - w e e k l y, m o n t h l y, a n d y e a r l y ) . Go to d ate â Jump to anothe r date on your calendar . Send note â s e n d t h e n o t e t o a n o t h e r d e v i c e u s i n g I R , t e x t m e s s a g e , o r i n v C a l f o r m a t . Copy â Co py the note. Y ou can the n p aste th e note to ano ther da te. Set ting s â Set th e date and time, da te and ti me forma t, the da y e ach we ek start s and whe ther y ou want y our no tes to a uto-dele te after a specifi ed time . Go t o to -do list â Takes you t o the to -do list for the s elected date . Send a note Note: If sendin g a note using IR , ensure the oth er device is set to receive data using IR. For m ore information on en abling the IR of th e receivi ng device, refer to the user guide for the rec eiving devic e. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > O rga niz er > C al end ar . 2 Scroll to the date con taining the note you w ish to send. (Any da ys cont aining notes wi ll be in bo ld font.) 3 Select Options > View day . 4 Scroll to th e n ote you wish to s end, a nd selec t Options > View . 5 Selec t Opti ons > Send note > Via in frar ed , Vi a ca lend ar , or Via text messa ge . If you sele cted Via infrared , activa te the IR port of the oth er device , align the IR ports of both de vices, and press Se lect . If you sele cted Via calend ar , e nter the n umber for the recipie nt, or press Sea rch to retrieve a n umber from the co ntacts list, and pres s OK . If you sele cted Via text m essage , the note appears in t he display . 6 Select Options > Sen d > Add numb er . 7 Ent er t he nu mber for the r eci pien t, or p ress Sea rch to retrie ve a n umber from the c ontacts li st, th en pre ss Selec t > OK . 8 Select Options > Sen d .
38 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Receive note s When you receive a Calendar note , your phone displays Calenda r note rec eived . Y ou can then s ave the note in your Cal endar and se t an alar m for any date and ti me. View notes 1 When your phone displays Cal enda r no te re ce ived , p re ss Sh ow . 2 Scroll to v iew th e enti re m essag e, if n ecessary . Save notes After vie wing th e calen dar note, s elect Opt ions > Sav e . Discard notes After vie wing th e calen dar note, s elect Opt ions > Disc ard . ⢠T O-DO LIST Y o u can ke ep track of yo ur tasks w ith the to-do list feature . Y ou may be ab le to save up to 30 notes, de pending o n their l eng th. To-do notes a re not related t o s pe c if ic d at es . Create a to-do note 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Organizer > T o-do list > Op tions. If this is your first time t o use the to-do list, Ad d is highlighte d. 2 Press Se lec t , en ter your to-do note, and select Option s > Save > Hi gh , Me dium , or Lo w (pri ori ty) . Options 1 Press Options w hile viewing t he header of a note or the body of a not e: View â See all th e properties of th e to-do n ote. Ad d â Add a n ew to-do note . Delet e â D iscard the s elected to-do no te. Sort by dead line â Arrange the to-do n otes accordin g to high, medium , or low priority . Sen d â Send a to-d o note to a compatible phone using IR, calendar , or text m ess age. Go to cale nda r â Vi ew th e c alen dar (mo nth ly vi ew). Sa ve to cal enda r â Sa ve th e selec ted to-do note as an e vent i n the c alen dar . 2 Press Se lec t to activa te an option or e nter its s ubmenu .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 39 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Organizer (M enu 5) ⢠V OICE RECORDER This feature allow s you to re cord pieces of speech or sound with y our phone and listen to t hem la ter . The tot al availa ble time is approximate ly 180 secon ds if no memos have b een stored. The max imum le ngth of a recordin g depends on h ow much m emory re mains available. Record speech or sound 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Organizer > V oice re cord er > Record. 2 After the recorde r start tone is heard, begin re cording speech or sound. 3 When you ar e fin ished rec or ding, pre ss St op . 4 Enter the title you wish to a ssign to t he rec ording and pre ss OK . Options After you have s aved the recordin g to the Rec ordin gs lis t, highlight th e recording, press Se lec t , then c hoose one of th e following option s: ⢠Select Playback to lis ten to the recording using th e earpiece . ⢠Selec t Delete to erase the recordi ng. ⢠Selec t Edit ti tl e to r ename the recording. ⢠Selec t Add al arm to add an ala rm to the recordi ng. Th e reco rder ca nnot be us ed wh en a d ata cal l i s act ive. ⢠CALCULATOR The calculator i n your phon e adds, subtracts, multiplie s, divides, calculates the square and the square root, and convert s currency valu es. Note: This ca lculator ha s a lim ited accu racy an d is designed for simple ca lculations . 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > O rga niz er > C al cula tor . 2 Enter the first n umber in the c alculatio n. Press t he # ke y fo r a decim al p oint if ne cess ary . 3 Press t he * key to cycle throu gh th e add ( ), sub tract (-), mu ltiply ( * ), and di vi de (/ ) charac ters . P ause bri e fl y to sele ct the dis pl aye d ch ar ac ter . To perform a square or sq uare root calcu lation, select Options > Sq uar e or Squa re root . 4 Enter the second num ber in y our calcula tion. 5 Press Options (equ als is highlighted) and press Sele ct .
40 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Convert currency Y ou can con ver t foreign currency to domest ic, or vi ce ve rsa. 1 At the start screen, enter a curren cy a mount to conv ert. 2 Select Options > To h o m e or To fore i gn . To h o m e â c onverts fore ign curre ncy to domestic c urrency . To f o r e i g n â c onverts dom estic cu rrency to foreign c urrency . If you have not done so alre ady , you are prompte d to enter the exchange rate. 3 Enter the excha nge rate (press the # key to inse rt a decim al) a nd press OK . Exchange rate Y ou can a lso e dit th e excha nge ra te at any t ime . Note: When yo u cha nge b ase c urre ncy , you must key in the ne w ra tes beca use all previously se t excha nge rates are set to zero. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > O rga niz er > C al cula tor > O ptions > Exchange r ate > F oreig n units i n home uni ts or Home uni ts in forei gn units . Fo re ign un it s in home unit s â The numbe r of home units i t tak es to ma ke o ne unit of fore ign curre ncy . Home un it s in forei g n uni t s â The nu mber of foreign units it take s to mak e one un it of your h ome cu rrency . 2 Enter the exchange rate and press OK . ⢠COUNTDOWN TIMER Y o u can e nter a s pecified time ( up to 99 hours a nd 59 minute s). Whe n the tim e runs out, your phone sounds an alarm. Note: The co untdown tim er only wo rks when the phon e is on. Once you turn off y our phone , the timer is no longer acti ve. Some time rs, including the life tim er , may be reset d uring servic e or soft ware upgrades. Set the c ou ntdown timer 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Or gan iz er > Co un tdo wn timer . 2 Enter the time (in hh:m m format) and press OK . 3 Enter a not e for the timer and press OK . The icon appears on th e start screen when the cou ntdown timer is set. When the time runs out, your phone sounds an alarm , displays the t imer note , and the sta rt screen lights up. Press any ke y during t he ala rm to st op the tim er . After 30 se conds the tim er alert e xpires automa tically .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 41 Copy right é 2004 Nok ia Organizer (M enu 5) Change the tim e After you have s et the timer , you ca n change the time. 1 At the star t screen , select Men u > Organizer > C ountdown tim er > Chan ge time . 2 Enter the new tim e and pre ss OK . 3 Leav e the note as it wa s, or en ter a new note and press OK . Stop the timer before the alarm sounds After you have s et the ti mer , you can s top the timer . At the start scree n, select Menu > Or gan iz er > Co un tdo wn timer > Stop t im er . ⢠STOPW ATCH Y our pho ne has a stopwatch th at can b e used to track t ime. The stopwatch displays tim e in hours , minut es, sec ond s and fract ions of a second (i n h h:mm:ss:s format). Using the stopwatch or allowing it to run in the background when using other features increases the demand on batte ry power and reduces the batte ry life. Measure time 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Organizer > Stop watc h > Sp lit t iming . 2 Press St art to begin timing. The running time is dis played on the screen. 3 Press St op to end the tim ing. The tota l time is dis played on the s creen. 4 Select Options > Sta rt, Sa ve , or Reset . 5 If you sele cted Sa ve , e nter a name for the measurement and press OK . Measure split time Y o u can use the sp lit time fun ction for s uch th ings as a long d istance race when you ne ed to pa ce yo urself. 1 At the sta rt screen, select Menu > Organiz er > Stopwatch > Split timing > Star t . 2 Press Split to n ote the lapsed time. The timer conti nues to run. The split time appea rs below the running time . If you spl it th e time more th an once, the new m easure d tim e appears at th e beginnin g of the list. Y ou can scroll to see prev ious measured time s. 3 Press St op to end the s plit t iming. Measure lap time Y o u can us e the la p time function when you want to track how long it takes to com plete e ach cycle or lap. 1 At t h e sta rt sc reen , sele ct Men u > Or g a ni z er > St op watch > Lap ti ming > Star t .
42 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 2 Press Lap to n ot e th e lap t ime . The clock stops, then starts immediately from zero. The lap time appears below the ru nning tim e. If you tak e more tha n one lap time , the n ew m easured tim e appears at the beginning of the list. Y ou can scroll to see previous measu red times . When y ou p res s Stop , th e to ta l tim e a pp e ar s a t the to p. Save lap time 1 While the cloc k is runnin g, se lect Stop > Op tions > Save . 2 Enter a name for the measure ment and press OK . If you do not enter a name, the total ti me is used as the default title or the lap time. Options Y ou c an choose from the followin g options when using the stopwatch: Co ntin ue â Shows u p only when th e stopwatch is w orking in the background. Show la st time â Allows you to vi ew th e last measure d time. Split tim ing â Start t he stopwatch u sing split timing. Lap ti min g â Start the stopwatch using lap t iming. View ti me s â Allow s you to brow se the saved time s. Delet e times â Allows you to d elete any save d times . Y ou can dele te the saved time s one by one or all at once . Operation note If you pr ess the End ke y and retu rn to the sta rt scre en, the clock con t in ue s to ru n in th e ba c k g rou nd and t h e icon appears in the upper left c orner of the scree n. To return to th e stopw atch screen s: 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Organizer > Stop watc h > Co ntin ue. 2 To stop the clock, press Stop . ⢠CALORIE CALCULATOR The calorie c alculator estim ates the amount of energy u sed in various ph ysical activitie s. The energy us ed depend s on age , weight, and gender . Y o u can save up to 1 0 activitie s in y our pho ne. Th e cal or ie cal cu lat or prov ides gene ral measu rem ent s fo r per son al us e that ma y vary from s cientif ic measureme nts.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 43 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Organizer (M enu 5) Save personal data 1 At th e start scr een, se lect Menu > Organizer > Calorie calcul a t or > Sett ings . 2 Enter We ig h t , Ag e , Gender , and if desired, change the Wei g ht f o rm a t, Calo rie fo rma t, o r V e loc ity fo rma t . 3 Press OK or Se le ct after ea ch e ntry to s ave th e data. Select an activity 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Organizer > Calorie calcu lat or > Act iv iti es > Add new , or press Options > Add new . 2 Scroll to a n activit y and press Selec t . 3 If prompted, scro ll to an intensity level and pres s Sele ct . 4 Enter the duration of the a ctivity (in hh:m m format) and press OK . 5 Press OK to sa ve the a ctivity . Add, edit, and delete activ ities 1 T o edi t ac tiv it ies , press Options while in the Act ivi ti es me nu. 2 Y o u can now add a new a ctivit y , edit an exis ting one, to tal the c alorie am ount of all saved activities, or delete an ac tivity . 3 To del ete a ll a cti vi ties at on ce, se lec t Me nu > Orga nizer > Calorie ca lcula tor > Delet e a ll > OK .
44 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 1 0 Profiles (Menu 6) The Prof iles menu defines h ow your phone re acts w hen yo u re ce ive a ca ll or mess age , how yo ur keyp ad sou nd s when you press a key , and more. Ringing options, keypad tones, and othe r settings for each of the availab le profiles can be left at their default sett ing, or customized to suit your needs . The following profiles a re available: Norm al , Sile nt , Meetin g , Ou tdoor , and P ager . Profiles are also avai lable for enha ncement s such as a headset and car kit. Se e â Enhance ment s ettingsâ on page 55 for more information about enhance ment profiles. ⢠ACTIVATE 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Pro files . 2 Scroll to th e profile of you r choice and pre ss Sele ct . 3 Scroll to Acti vate and pres s Select . ⢠C USTOMIZE Y ou c an customize any of the profiles a variety of ways . 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Pro files . 2 Scroll to th e profile you wis h to cu stomize and pres s Se lec t . 3 Scroll to Custom ize and press Sel ect . 4 Select the option you want to custom ize ( In comi n g c all al er t , R ing ing to ne , Rin ging vo lume , Vibrating alert , Me ssage al ert t one , Key p a d to ne s , Warnin g tone s , or Aler t f or ). ⢠SET A TIMED PRO FILE Timed profiles can be used to prevent missed ca lls. F or example , suppose you attend an event that requ ires your phone be set to Sile nt before the ev en t star ts, but you forget t o return it to Nor mal until long aft er the event. A tim ed profile can prevent missed calls by return ing your ph one to the default profile at a time you specify . Note: Timed profiles c an be set up to 24 hours in adva nce. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Pro files . 2 Scroll to th e p rofile you wish t o activ ate a nd set for tim ed ex piration a nd press Se lec t . 3 Scroll to Timed and press Sel ect . 4 Enter the ti me for th e profile to e xpire and press OK .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 45 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Settings (Menu 7) 1 1 Settings (Menu 7) Y ou c an change cert ain settings so that yo ur phone suits you r speci f ic ne eds. Within this menu , you can modify the settings of the Ri ght s elect ion k ey (t he Go to menu ), the t ime and date, the sta rt scree n, and more. Y ou can als o use thi s menu to create voice comman ds for sev eral of the featu res in you r pho ne an d to activa te IR . ⢠V OICE COMMANDS Y ou can set as many as five voice commands, which allow handsfree operation of certain phone features. Add a voice t ag Bef ore u sin g vo ice commands, you m ust first add a voice tag to t he phone fu nction. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Se tt ings > V oice comm and s . 2 Select the phone func tion you wish to tag ( Pr ofiles , V o ice m ailbox , Radio , Infr are d , V oi ce re cord e r or Call lo g ). 3 If necessa ry , scroll to an option associate d with that function and press Select . 4 Select Options > Add comm and . 5 Press St art , and spe ak t he voic e ta g clea rly into the mic rophone . Note: Do not p ress Quit unl ess you wan t to ca ncel th e rec ording. The phon e replays and then saves the recorded tag. The icon appears next to commands which hav e voice tags assigned. Activate a voice command Afte r you ha ve as soc iated a voic e ta g with a pho ne fun ction, you can i ssue a com mand by spea ki ng th e voi ce t ag. 1 Press and hold Co ntac ts (or Go to) . 2 When Please speak now appears, pronounce the voice tag clearly into the mi crophone. When the pho ne finds th e voice tag, Found appears, and the phone plays the recognized voic e tag through the earpiece. The function y ou requested is activ ated. Options After you have a ssociated a voice tag to a comma nd, highlight t he voic e comma nd and choose from on e of the follow ing options:
46 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠Select Playback to lis ten to t he voic e comm and tag. ⢠Selec t Cha n g e to change the voice c ommand. ⢠Selec t Del et e t o erase the vo ice c ommand tag. Be f or e u si n g vo i ce ta g s, n o te th at : ⢠V oic e ta gs are n ot lang uag e-d epe nde nt. They are de p en den t on the sp eaker ' s voic e. ⢠Y ou m ust say the name exactly as y ou said it when you recorded it. ⢠V o ice tags are sens itive to backgro und noise . Recor d voice tag s and us e them in a quiet en vironment. ⢠V ery shor t nam es are not a ccept ed. Use l ong n ames an d avoi d sim ilar n ames for diffe rent num b ers. Note: Using voic e tags may be difficult in a nois y environme nt or during a n emergen cy , so you should n ot rely so lely upon v oice dia ling in all circumsta nces. ⢠R IGHT SELECTION KEY SETTINGS Y o u can ch ange the functio n of the Right se lecti on key on your ph one so th at your most frequently used function s can be qui ckly accesse d from th e start screen. Select options 1 At the start s creen, sele ct Me nu > Setti ngs > Right sel ect ion key settin gs > Selec t o pt ions . 2 Use the Scro l l up or Sc roll d own k ey to highlight the desired functions from the list of availa ble functions . 3 Press Mar k to select a fu nction or press Unm ark to rem ove a fu nctio n. Note: Contacts cannot be unm arked from the list. 4 Press Done when you have added all de sired functions. 5 Select Ye s to save the change s. At the start scree n, Go to is now the optio n for the Rig ht select ion key on your phon e. 6 Press Go t o to di splay a list of t he functions that y ou sele cted i n step 3. Organize 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Sett ings > R ight s ele ctio n key setti n gs > Org a ni z e .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 47 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Settings (Menu 7) 2 Use t he Scro l l up ke y o r th e Scro ll do wn key to hi ghlight the function you wish to rearra nge and select Move . 3 Select Move up , Move down , Mo ve to t op , or Move to bottom . 4 Press Done > Ye s to s ave th e cha nges. ⢠C ALL S ETTIN GS Location info sharing Location info sha ring is a n etwork se rvice. See â Network se rvices â on page 3 for more inform ation. If your wire less s ervice provide r supports this feature, th en location info sharing allows the phone to share position info rmation over the n etwork. For calls to em ergenc y n umbe rs, t his pos ition info rmati on m ay be us ed by t he em erge nc y operator to dete rmine th e position of t he phone. The function ality and accuracy of this fea ture is de pendent on the ne twork, s atellite sys tems, and the agency receiving t he inform ation. It may n ot functi on in a ll areas or at all tim es. Note: L ocation informa tion w ill alway s be share d with t he network during emergenc y calls to th e official eme rgency num ber programmed in to the phone, regardless of which setting is selected. After placing an emergency call the phone remain s in eme rgency mode for fiv e minutes. During th is time, the location i nformation will be s hared wit h the n etwork. For m ore information, s ee â Em ergenc y calls â on page 7 2 . At the start scree n, select Menu > Sett in gs > Call sett ings > Locati on info sha ring > 91 1 o n l y or Locati on on > OK . 91 1 o n l y â This is the phone default profi le. The phone â s loca tion inform ation is shared only during an emergen cy call to the official emergency number programmed into your phone. The phone displays on the start sc reen. Lo cat ion on â Th e ph one locat io n in for mat ion i s s hare d wi th th e net wor k wh enev er the phon e is powered on and act ivated. The phone displays on the start screen. Anykey answ er Anykey a nswer allow s you to an swer an in comin g call by briefly pres sing an y key exce pt t he Po w e r key , L eft selecti on key , Rig ht sele ct ion key , or En d ke y . At the start scree n, select Menu > Set tings > Cal l se ttings > Any key an swe r > On or Off .
48 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Automatic redial Occas ionally , your n etwork may ex perience heavy traffic, result ing in a fast busy signal when y ou dial. With automatic redial activated, your pho ne redials the number up to 1 0 times, and notifie s you once the net work is available. At the start s creen , select M enu > S ettin gs > Call se ttin gs > Au tomati c red ial > On or Off . 1-touch dialing At the start s creen , select Me nu > Se tti ng s > Ca ll se tt ing s > 1- touc h d iali ng > On or Off . For more informat ion on setti ng up 1-touch dialing, s ee â Set up 1 -touch dia ling â on page 1 8. Automatic update of service Y ou c an program your phone to automatically receive updates from the network that may im prove coverage and performance. At the st art sc ree n, se lec t M enu > S ettin gs > C all se ttings > Aut omati c upd ate of s ervic e > On or Of f . Calling card If you u se a c alling card for long dis tance c alls, you can sav e the calling ca rd numbers in your phone. Y our phone can s tore up to four calling c ards. SA VE INFO RMATIO N 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Sett in gs > Call sett ings > Cal ling ca rd . 2 Enter you r security code (the default s ecurity code is 123 45 ) and press OK . 3 Scroll to one of the four me mory loca tions and select Opt ions > Edit > O K > Dia ling se que nce . 4 Select one of t he following sequen ce types: Access no. phone no. ca rd no. â D ial 1-8 00 acces s number , pho ne numb er , th en card numb er ( PIN i f req uire d) Acces s no. car d no. ph on e no. â Dial 1-80 0 access nu mber , card number ( PIN if requ ired), then ph one numbe r Pre fix ph one n o. card n o. â Di al th e pref ix ( num bers that m ust prec ede the pho ne num ber) and phone number you wa nt to dial, the n card nu mber ( PIN if required) 5 Enter the re quired inform ation (acc ess number or prefix and card nu mber) and press OK to confirm your ent ries.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 49 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Settings (Menu 7) 6 Scroll to Card name and press Sele ct . 7 Enter the card na me and press OK . Note: Contact you r callin g card compa ny for m ore informatio n. MAKE CAL LS After you hav e saved your callin g card informatio n in your phone , you can m ake a call u sing your ca lling card. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set ting s > Call s ett in gs > Cal lin g card . 2 Enter you r security code (the default s ecurity code is 123 45 ) and press OK . 3 Scroll to th e calling card of y our choic e, select Optio ns > Selec t > OK . 4 Press t he End key to return t o the s tart scre en; the n ente r the phone number , including a ny prefix (suc h as 0 or 1 ), that your callin g card m ay require whe n you ma ke a c alling ca rd call. See your c alling ca rd for instruction s. 5 Press and hold the Ta l k ke y for a few seconds until Card call is displayed. 6 When you hear the tone or sys tem me ssage , press OK . Receive data or fax calls Data or fax calls is a Netw ork Service. See â Network services â on page 3 for more inform ation. If your w irele ss service prov ider sup por ts this feat ure, th en you can set up th e phone to send or re ceiv e data or fax calls when a termin al, such as a PDA or PC, is conne cted . For better performance during data calls, place the phone on a stationary surface with the keypad facing dow nward. Do not move the phone b y holding it in your hand during a data call. Note: For more information on con nectivity , refer to the PC/PD A Connectivity Guide. The PC/PDA Connectiv ity Guide can be downloaded from the Nok ia webs ite a t http://www .noki a.com/us . 1 At the start screen , select Menu > Setting s > Call se ttin gs > Data/fax calls > Inco ming da ta/f ax call > Nor mal , Da ta ca lls on ly , or Fax call s on ly and press Se lec t : Norm al â The phon e receive s inc oming ca lls as usual. Data c all s onl y â The phon e receives only data calls. Fax ca lls only â The phone receive s only fax calls. 2 When you ar e fin ished rec eiv ing t he fax or da ta ca ll, r epea t S tep 1 a n d sel ect Norm al .
50 Copyright é 2004 Nokia DAT A TRA NSFE R Y ou c an view the transmission spee d when sending or receiving data or fax calls. At the start scree n, select Menu > Set ting s > Call s ett in gs > Data/fax calls > Data r ate displ ay > Gra phi c or Off and pre ss Select . Call sum mary Y ou c an set your phone to display th e elapsed time of a ca ll on the start scre en whe n th e ca ll ha s end ed. At th e sta r t sc re e n, sel e ct Menu > Set ting s > Call se ttin gs > Call summary > On or Off . ⢠PHO NE S ETTINGS Phone language 1 At th e sta rt sc r een, se le ct Men u > Setti n gs > Pho ne se ttin g s > Phone l ang ua ge . 2 Scroll to th e language of yo ur choice and press Select . The langu age setting affects the time and date formats of the clock, alarm c lock, and calend ar . Automatic keyguard Y o u can s et the ke ypad of your phon e to lock aut omatically afte r a preset t ime dela y (f ro m 10 se con ds to 60 mi nu tes) . 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set tings > Pho ne se ttings > A utomati c keyguard > On or Of f . 2 If you sele cted On , Set d elay appe ars in the display . 3 Enter the delay ( in mm:s s format) and press OK . Impor tant : Wh en key gu ar d is on, it ma y be pos sible t o dial the em erg e ncy number programmed in to your ph one. Ke y in the emerg ency numbe r and press t he Talk ke y . The n umbe r is dis played only a fter y ou h ave ke yed in its last digit. T ouch tones Touch t ones, or DTMF tones , ar e t he ton es tha t so und when you press the key s on your phone keypad. Y ou can use touch tones for many automate d dial-up services such as banking and airlines, or for entering y our voicemail num ber and password. Touch tones are sent during an a ctive call. Y ou ca n send them man ually from your phone keyp ad, or send the m automatica lly by saving the m in your phon e.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 51 Copy right é 2004 Nok ia Settings (Menu 7) SET TYPE 1 At the s tart screen, se lect Menu > Setti ngs > Ph on e s et t in gs > T o u ch tones > Ma nua l to uch ton es . 2 Select one of t he following opt ions: Co ntin uous â The tone sounds for as long as you press and hold a key . Fixed â Us ed to send t ones of the durati on yo u spec ify in th e Tou c h tone leng th opt ion. Off â Used t o turn off ton es. No tones ar e sen t wh en you pre ss a key . SET LENGT H Y ou can a lso sp ecify to uch tone length . A t th e st art sc r ee n, sel ect Me nu > Setti ngs > Phon e s etti n gs > To uc h t ones > T o uch t on e len gth > Short (0.1 seco nds) or Long ( 0 .5 se conds) . Welcome note Y ou can c r eate a wel come no te which briefl y app ears on t he start sc reen whe never you switc h your ph one on. Note: Predictiv e tex t input is n ot availa ble for ente ring we lcome n ote text. 1 At the start screen, select Menu > Se ttings > Phone settings > W elcome note . 2 Enter a note (u p to 44 characters). Press t he * key t o display and select from available spe cia l characters. 3 When you ar e fin ished , s elec t Options > Save . Select Options > Delet e if y ou want to delete t he previous tex t and begin creating a nother w elcome not e. Help text Y our phone displays brief descriptions f or most menu items. When you ar ri ve at a feature or menu, pause for about 1 0 seconds and wait for t he help text to display . Use t he Up and Down scro ll keys to page through th e full help t ext, if ne cessary . The default s etting for Help tex t is on. Howeve r , you can t urn hel p text on or off. At the st art screen, select Me nu > Se tt ing s > Pho ne se tt ing s > He lp te xt acti vation > On or Of f . ⢠DISPLAY SETTINGS W al lpaper Y ou can set your phone to display a ba ckground picture (wallpaper) on the start s creen. 1 At th e start s cr een, select Menu > Settings > Displ ay settings > W allpaper > Selec t w allp ape r .
52 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 2 From the Down loads menu , selec t Ima ge s . 3 Use t he Up or Down sc roll key s to scroll t hrough the im ages. 4 When yo u arri ve at the image of your choice, sele ct Op tions > S et as wa ll p ap er . T o act ivate /deacti vate wall paper , at the st art screen , sel ect Men u > Setting s > Disp lay s ett ings > Wallp ape r > On or Off . Colour schemes Y ou c an change the colour of some d isplay components in your phone , such as indicators and signal bars. 1 At the star t sc reen, selec t Menu > Set ting s > Di spl ay sett ings > Col or sch emes . 2 Scroll to th e colour scheme of you r choice and press Se lect . Banner Y ou can change th e text t hat appears as a ban ner on the st art screen . 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set ting s > Displ ay s ettin gs > Banner . 2 Select Defa ult or Customize . Def aul t â A banner customized by your w ireless serv ice provider appears o n the s tart scre en. Custo mize â Enter your own te xt to custom ize the banne r on the start scree n and press OK . Display brightness Y ou c an change the brightne ss of your phone display . 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Settin gs > Di spl ay sett in gs > Disp lay br igh tnes s . 2 Use the Left an d Right scroll keys to a dju st the co nt rast l eve l t o your p ref ere nc e. 3 Press OK to acc ept you r settings . Screen sav er timeout The screen saver is activa ted when no fun ction of the phon e is used after a prese t period of t ime. Press any key to deactivate the screen saver . Y ou can set your phone to display a screen sa ver afte r a preset time or afte r a custom time (u p to 60 min utes) of your choosing. 1 At th e start screen, select Menu > Setti ngs > Di spl ay se tti ngs > Screen save r timeou t > 2 minutes , 5 minu tes , or Other . 2 If you w ant to set a custom time (up to 60 min utes ), select Other , en te r th e custom time, and press OK .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 53 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Settings (Menu 7) Backligh t time-out The ligh t on the start s creen (backligh t) times out after 1 5 sec onds of n o acti vity . However , you can customi ze the backlight to time out sooner or to always stay on. At the start screen, select M enu > Se ttin gs > D isp lay s ett ings > Bac kligh t ti me- out > Always o n , Al way s o ff , 7 seconds , 15 seconds , or 30 seconds . Note: Selecting Al way s o n or Al wa ys of f de pletes th e ba ttery fas ter than if you s elect a spec ific amount of tim e. ⢠TIME S ETTINGS Clock SHOW/HI DE THE CLOCK At the star t sc reen, selec t Menu > Set ting s > Tim e se ttings > Cloc k > Show c l ock or Hid e clock . SET THE TI ME 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set tings > Time se tting s > Clo ck > Set the tim e . 2 Enter the time (in hh:m m format) and press OK . 3 Select am or pm . CH ANG E T HE FO RMA T At the start scree n, select Menu > Set tings > T ime se tti ngs > C lo ck > Time fo rma t > 24- hour or 12-ho ur . Date SHOW/HI DE THE DATE At th e start scr een, se lect Menu > Se tt ing s > Tim e set ting s > D ate > Sh ow dat e or Hide dat e . SET THE DA TE 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set tings > Time setti ngs > Date > Set the da te . 2 Enter the date and press OK . CHAN GE THE DATE FO RMAT 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set tings > Time setti ngs > Date . 2 Scroll to Dat e fo rma t and press Sele ct . 3 Scroll to th e format of your c hoice and pre ss Selec t . 4 Scroll to Date se p ar ator and press Se lect . 5 Scroll to th e separator of your choice and press Sele ct .
54 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Auto-update of date & time Auto-update is a network service. See â Network services â on page 3 for more inform ation. If your wire less servic e provider supports this featu re, then you can allow the digital network to set the c lock, which is u seful when you are ou t of your h ome area, for instance when you have travel ed to another network or time zone. At the start scree n, select Menu > Sett ings > Time setti ngs > Auto u pdate of date & ti me > On , Confirm first , or Off . If y ou u se t he Au to up da te o f d ate & ti me option while ou tside your digital network, you may be prompted to e nter t he t i me m an uall y . N et wor k ti me wi l l r ep lace th e time and date whe n you re-e nter your digital n etwork. If your battery has been removed or h as drained outside the digital network , you may be prompted to enter the time manu ally (once the batt ery is repl aced/recha rged, and you a re still ou tside of the digital network). ⢠T ONE SETTINGS From this menu , you can adjust the ringing volu me, key pad tones, a nd other tone settings for the currently active profile. See â Profile s (Menu 6) â on page 44 for more inform ation on Profile settings . ⢠PHONE DETAILS The Phone detai ls menu store s im port ant in form ation about your phone and n etwo rk. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set tings > Phone de tails . 2 Highlight one of the following submen us and press Select to vi ew more inform ation: Use r d etail s â V iew th e Own number (MDN) and Mobile s tatio n ID numb er (MSI D) stored in y our phone. V ersion details â Vi ew th e Phone mode l , So ftware ve rsion , Browser v ers ion , and Hard war e v ers io n of your phon e. Sys tem deta ils â View t he Syste m I D (SID ) , Channel , Pr efe rred ro aming lis t (PRL) , Mode , and Frequency of y our network. ⢠GAME S ETTINGS The game settings me nu a llows you to control t he sounds , lights, a nd vibrating effects of the game s on your phone . 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set tings > Gam e se tti ng s .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 55 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Settings (Menu 7) 2 Select one of t he following gam e submenus: Ga me so unds â Select On or Off . Ga me lig hts â Selec t Ap p. de fined or Defa ult . Shakes â Shakes are the vibrating effects of your phone when playing a game. Select On or Off . ⢠ENHANCEMENT SETTINGS The enhancemen ts in the en hance ment set tings menu are shown o nly if t he phon e is o r has previ ously been connected to a co mpa tible enha ncem en t. At the s tart screen, select Menu > Se ttin gs > Enhanceme nt setting s > Headset , Handsfree , Loopset , TTY/TDD , Music st and , or Charger . Headset Scroll to t he option of y our choice and press Sele ct to e nter t he option â s submenu and m odi fy i ts se ttin g s. Def ault pr ofile â C hoose t he profile you wi sh to be auto matically activated wh en a hea dset is c onne cted. Aut om ati c a nsw er â Ca lls are answe red aut omaticall y after one ring when a head set is c onnecte d. Selec t On or Of f . Handsfree Scroll to t he option of y our choice and press Sele ct to e nter t he option â s submenu and m odi fy i ts se ttin g s. Def ault pr ofile â C hoose t he profile you wi sh to be auto matically activated wh en you r phon e is c onnect ed t o a ca r kit. Automat i c an swer â Calls are an swered aut omaticall y after one ri ng when a car kit is connecte d. Select On or Off . Light s â Choose to keep the phone lights always on, or to shut off autom atically after several seconds. Select On or Auto matic . Loopset The LPS-4 Loop set is recommended for use with y our phone. Scroll to th e option of your choice and press Sel ect to en ter the option â s s ubmenu and m odify its settings. Use Loop set â Sele ct Ye s or No to ac tivate th e lo opset. Def ault pr ofile â C hoose t he profile you wi sh to be auto matically activated wh en a loopset is conn ected. Aut om ati c a nsw er â Ca lls are answe red aut omaticall y after one ring when a loopset is connected. Select On or Off .
56 Copyright é 2004 Nokia TTY/T DD In ad dition to the Nokia 65 85 ph one, you will ne ed the follow ing for TTY/TDD commun ication: ⢠A TTY/TD D device that is cellular re ady or cellula r compatible . ⢠A ca ble f or co nnec ting the TTY /TD D to your No kia 6585 ph one, usua lly supp l ied by the manufacturer of the TTY/ TDD device. SE T UP TH E TT Y/ TD D PR OFI LE Y ou can co nnec t your phone d irect ly to the TT Y/T DD devi ce. In o rder for your pho ne to recognize the TTY /TDD, you wil l need to set up t he TTY/TDD profile. Impor tant : S ome m anufa cture rs of T TY/TD D dev ices su gges t that th e phon e be a t least 18 inch es from the TTY /TDD d evic e. Whe n conne cting to an y other device, read its use r guide or contac t its manufacturer for detailed instructions and s afety informati on. 1 Connect one end of the cable to the TTY/TDD de vice. 2 Insert the other end of the c able into the 2 .5-mm headset jac k on the side of your phon e. 3 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set ting s > Enhanc eme nt sett ing s > TTY/TDD > Use TTY > Ye s . TTY/ TDD CA LLS ⢠Check w ith the manufac turer of the TT Y/TDD de vice for a conne cting cable tha t is compatible with your phone. ⢠TTY /TDD com mun icat ions dep en d on net wor k a vail abil it y . Chec k wit h you r ser vice provid er for av a ila bi li ty and d es cr ipt ion of servi ces. MAKE A CAL L 1 At the start screen, enter th e n umber and press the Tal k key . 2 When the receiving party answe rs, begin typing your conv ersation on the TTY/TDD. 3 Press t he End key to end the call. RECEI VE A CAL L 1 Make sure the TTY /TDD de vice i s conn ected to yo ur pho ne. 2 Press t he Ta l k key to answer the ca ll, and type your res ponses on the TTY/ TDD. 3 Press t he End key to end the call. Music stand Scroll to th e option of your choice and press Select to enter the option subm enu and m odi fy i ts se ttin g s.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 57 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Settings (Menu 7) Def ault pr ofile â C hoose t he profile you wi sh to be auto matically activated wh en you r phon e is c onne cted to the m usic s tand. Aut om ati c a nsw er â Ca lls are answe red aut omatical ly after one rin g when the phone is conne cted to the music stand. Select On or Off . Light s â Choose to keep the phone lights always on, or to shut off autom atically after several seconds. Select On or Auto matic . Charger Scroll to t he option of y our choice and press Sele ct to e nter t he option â s submenu and m odi fy i ts se ttin g s. Def ault pr ofile â C hoose t he profile you wi sh to be auto matically activated wh en you r phon e is c onne cted to a ch arger . Light s â Choose to keep the phone lights always on, or to shut off autom atically after several seconds. Select On or Auto matic . ⢠SEC URITY SETTINGS Phone lock The phon e lock feature protects your phon e from unauthori zed outgoin g calls or unauthorized acc ess to information stored in the phone . When phon e lock is acti vated, Phon e locke d is dis played each time you turn your phone on or off. When the pho ne is lock ed, calls still ma y be poss ible to th e official eme rgency number programmed into y our phone. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Setting s > Secur ity sett ings . 2 Enter the loc k code and pre ss OK . (Se e â L ock cod e â on page 58.) 3 Scroll to Phon e loc k and pre ss Sel ec t . 4 Scroll to one of the follow ing options and press Selec t : Off immediately t urns off the phone lock feature. Lock now immed iately turn s on the phone loc k feature. On power -up t urns the phone lock feature on imm ediately after the phone is powered up. If you sele cted On po wer-up or On , you must ent er your loc k code before t he phone w ill funct ion norma lly . Once the lock code h as been a ccepted, your ph one functions normally . Impor tant : Call not allowe d is displ ayed if you attempt to plac e a ca ll while phone is loc ked. To answ er a call w ith phone lock on, pre ss Answ e r or the Talk key .
58 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Allowed numbers when ph one locked When phone lock i s on, the only outgoing c alls that c an be m ade are to t he emergenc y number program med into your phone ( for example, 9 1 1) and the number stored in th e Allowed no. when p hone l ock ed location. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Setting s > Secur ity sett ing s . 2 Enter the loc k code and pre ss OK . (Se e â L ock cod e â on page 58.) 3 Select Allowe d no. wh en phon e loc ked > Assign . 4 Enter the phone number or press Searc h to r ecal l t he n umb er fro m th e pho ne book, and press OK . CALL T HE A LLOWED PH ONE NUM BER 1 At the start scree n, press th e Up or D own s croll key . 2 Press t he Tal k key to place the call . Lock code The default lock c ode is 1234 . If you e nter an inco rrect lock co de five tim es in a row , your phone will prompt you for the securi ty code (the default securit y code is 1 2345 ). 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Setting s > Secur ity sett ing s . 2 Enter the c urrent lock c ode and pres s OK . 3 Scroll to Chang e lock code and press Selec t . 4 Enter the n ew lock code and press OK . 5 Reenter th e new loc k code for ve rification and press OK . Note: When yo u cha nge yo ur lock code , mak e sure you s tore it in a safe place, away from y our phone. Avoid e ntering a ccess c odes similar to em erge ncy n umbe rs to pre ven t a ccident al em erge ncy c al ls. Restrict calls Call restric tion is a net work serv ice. See â Network services â on page 3 for more inform ation. If your wire less service providers supports this feature , then y ou can rest rict the calls yo ur p hone can m ake and re ceive . Note: Contac t your serv ice provi der for the re striction passw ord. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Setti ngs > S ecuri ty se tting s . 2 Enter the loc k code and pre ss OK . (Se e â L ock cod e â on page 58.) 3 Scroll to Call res tric tion s and pres s Selec t .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 59 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Settings (Menu 7) 4 Highlight the type of calls you wa nt to restrict, and pre ss Sele ct : Restri ct ou tgoin g calls â Calls cannot be made. Re stri ct inc om in g cal ls â C alls can not be re ceive d. 5 Select a n option from the follo wing lis t: Sele ct â Se lect the type of calls y ou wish to restrict by pressing Mark > Don e . Add re str icti on â Enter the number you wish to restrict or press Se arch to retrieve a number from your con tacts list. Edit â Make changes to a number that y ou have restri cted. Delet e â Pres s OK > OK to delete a num ber that you have res tricted. When calls are restricted, c alls may s till be possible to t he official eme rgency number programmed into y our phone. V oice privacy V oice privacy is a network service. See â Ne tw or k ser vic es â on page 3 for more information. If your w ireless service provider supports this feature, th e voice privacy feature protects the privacy of your current phone conversation from other callers placing phone c alls on your same network. At the st art screen, sel ect Men u > Set ting s > Secur ity s ettings > V oic e pr ivacy > On or Off . ⢠N ETWORK S ERVICES The follo wing fe atures are network s ervices. See â Network services â on page 3 for more inform ation. Store a feature code 1 At the start sc reen, se lect Menu > S ett ings > Netw ork ser vice s > Network fea tu re set ti ng . 2 Enter the fe ature code from your service provid er (for example, *633 for activat ing Call forwarding ) and press OK . 3 Press Se lec t when Call for warding is disp layed. 4 Scro ll to th e t ype of fo rwar din g th at ma tches th e fea tu re c ode you ent ered (for example, Call f orwa rdin g ), press Selec t , then press Ac ti vate . Th e acti vated f eatur e code is no w store d in your p hone, an d you ar e ret urned to the Feature code field. Contin ue ente ring othe r feature cod es (for exampl e, *633 to ca nc el Fo rw ard i f b usy ), or press the End ke y to re turn to the star t sc reen . Note: Once y ou ente r a network feature c ode succe ssfully t he feature becom es visi ble in the Netw ork servi ces me nu.
60 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Call forwarding Call forwa rding te lls you r network to redirect incoming calls to anothe r numbe r . Call forwar ding is a network s ervice a nd may not work the same in a ll network s, so contact y our wire less provider for availability . See â S tore a feature code â on page 59 t o see the call forw arding option, if available, in y our phone . Note: This i s a network service . All option s listed m ay not a ppear in t he display . Contact yo ur w ireless provider for m ore information . 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Sett in gs > N et wo rk se rvi ce s > Call f orwar ding . 2 Select one of t he following opt ions: For ward all c alls â Forw ard all ca lls to the numbe r you s pecify . Forward if busy â Forwa rd incom ing c alls wh en you are in a call. Forward if not an swered â Forward inc oming calls to another nu mber if y ou are unable to an swer . Y ou can set a delay before forwarding takes place. Forward if out of reach â Forw ard inc oming ca lls when your phon e is off. Canc el a ll cal l forw ardi ng â Ca ncel any call forwa rding options you have set. Note: Cancel all call forwarding ma y affect your ability to receive vo i c e mail messages. Contact your wireless provider for specific details. 3 Scroll to Acti vate and pres s Select . 4 Scro ll to t he destin ation to whi ch you r call s will be forwar ded an d press Select . 5 Enter the number to which your ca lls, data, or other information will be forwarded and press OK . Call w aiting If your wire less provider supports t his feature, call wait ing notifies you of an incoming call e ven while you ar e in a call. You can then accept, reject, or ign ore the inc oming ca ll. See â Store a feature co de â on page 5 9 to see the call waiti ng option, if available, in your phon e. 1 At th e star t sc ree n, sele ct Menu > Se tting s > Netwo rk servi ces > Call wa it in g > Act iv ate or Cancel . 2 During a call, pres s An sw er or the Talk key to an swer the waiting call. (The first call is put on hold.) 3 Press t he End key to end the activ e call.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 61 Copy right é 2004 Nok ia Settings (Menu 7) Send caller ID If your wire less s ervice provider supports this feature, th en you can prevent your number from appearing on th e receiving party â s ca ller ID. Se e â Store a feature code â on page 59 to see the calle r ID option, if available, in your phon e. At t h e sta rt scr een, select Men u > Set tings > N etw ork se rvic es > Sen d my ca lle r ID > Ye s or No . View own phone number At the start scree n, select Menu > Sett in gs > N et wo rk se rvi ce s > O wn num ber s elect ion . ⢠NETWO R K Roaming opti ons Y o u can ch oose w hethe r your ph one only uses your h ome a rea o r autom atically searches for s ervice in another area (roams). 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set ting s > N etwor k > Roam ing opt ions. 2 Scroll to one of the service options and press Select : Home only â The phon e works only when you are in your netw orkâ s hom e area. Aut om ati c â The phone work s both in your ho me area a nd wh en you have trav ele d out sid e yo ur ho me area. Mode Y ou c an choose whether y our phone operates in digital or analog mode. 1 At the start scree n, select Menu > Set ting s > N etwor k > Mode . 2 Scroll to one of the follow ing options and press Selec t : Digit al pref erre d â The phon e searches for a digital signal first. If one is n ot found, the phone searches for an analog signal. Digit al only â The p hone only use s a digital signal. Ana log on ly â The ph one only uses an analog signal. ⢠IN FRARE D Y ou can set up your pho ne t o sen d or rec eiv e dat a ( such as bu siness ca rds or c ale nda r notes) throu gh its IR port. See â Send a business card â on page 2 1 and â Calendarâ on page 36 for more inform ation. To use an IR c onnection, transmission an d reception must be to or from an IR- compatible phone or dev ice. Do not point the IR be am at anyon e's e ye or allow it to interfere wi th other IR de vices. This device is a Class 1 laser product.
62 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 1 Ensure that the IR ports of the sending a nd receiving devices are pointing at ea ch other and that there are no obstructions betw een the dev ices . The preferable distance between the tw o devic es in an I R co nne cti on i s f rom 3 in ches to 3 fee t. 2 At the start scree n, select Menu > Setti n gs > Infrared . 3 Activate IR on the oth er devic e as we ll. If data trans fer is not sta rted wit hin two minute s after the act ivation of the I R port, the co nnection is cancelled and must be restarted . ⢠R ESTORE FACTORY SETTINGS Y o u can re set some of the menu settings to their original v alues. Data t hat yo u have entered or downloaded is not deleted, for e xample, entries in your contact s list are not affe cted. 1 At the st art screen, select Menu > Se ttin gs > Restor e facto ry se ttings . 2 Enter the security code ( the de fault secu rity c ode is 12345 ) and pre ss OK .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 63 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Radio (Menu 8) 12 Radio (Me nu 8) The FM radio uses the wire of the HDS-3 Stereo headset as a n an tenna. Note: Listen to music at a m oderate level. Continu ous expos ure to high volume may damage you r hea r ing. ⢠T URN ON AND O FF A c ompat ib le h eads et need s to be at ta ched to the d evi c e for the F M r adi o to function properly . To turn on the radio, a t the s tart screen, s elect Men u > Radi o . To return to th e m ain m enu, pres s Back . To turn off the radio, press and hold the En d key . ⢠OPTIO NS Note: When yo u place or receive a call, the radio automatic ally mutes. Once the c all is ended, the radio switche s back on. 1 With th e radio on, press Op tions in the Rad io men u to c hoos e from t he following opt ions: T urn off â Turn off the radio. Sav e ch ann el â Sa ve the c urrent s tation to one o f 20 locations. Auto mat ic tu ning â Bri efly pre ss t he Up or Down scro ll key t o sta rt th e chan nel search up or down. Pres s OK w hen a chann el is found. Ma nua l tun ing â Scroll to search frequen cies in in cremen ts of 0.1 MHz. Set fre quen cy â Manually ente r the freque ncy of a known radio station. Delet e c hann el â Del ete a save d cha nnel. Louds peaker â Lis ten to t he radio thro ugh t he loudsp eaker . Mono ou tput /St ereo o ut put â Listen to the radio in monaural mode (default ) or in stereo . Stereo outp ut is availa ble throug h an optional stereo enhanceme nt. 2 Sc rol l to a n o pt i on , an d pre ss Sele ct to acti vate the opti on o r enter its su bmenu.
64 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠SAVE A CHAN NEL Y ou c an save a preset station to any one of 20 locations in memory , and scroll to tune t o that station with the ra dio on. 1 With the radio on, select O ption s > Auto matic t unin g or M anu al tu ni ng to st art th e c h ann el se ar ch . If you sele cted Au to matic tu ning , searching briefly stops whe n a channel is found. If you s elect ed Manual tuni ng , use t he Sc roll u p and Sc roll d ow n ke ys to fin d a ch annel. (Press and hold t he ke ys to quick ly m ove th rough the ch anne ls.) 2 To save the cha nnel, se lect Opt ions > Save ch anne l . 3 Enter a name for the channel an d press OK . 4 Scroll to an (empty ) loc ation to save the channe l and press Selec t .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 65 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Minibrowser (Men u 1 0) 13 Minibrowser (Menu 1 0 ) The Minib rows er menu is a network servic e. See â Net work services â on pa g e 3 f or more inform ation. Y o ur phone has a built -in bro wser you can u se to con nect to sele cted s ervices on the mobile Inte rnet. If your w ireless service provider supp orts this feature, th en you can view we ather re ports, che ck ne ws or flig ht times , vie w financ ial inform ation, and much more . The brow ser on your phon e can display WAP-based content. Y our de vice may have some bookm arks loaded for sites not affiliate d with Nokia. Nokia does not warrant or endorse these site s. If you choo se to access them , you should take the same precautions, for security a nd content, as you would with any Interne t site. ⢠MOB ILE INTERNET AC CESS Beca use mobi l e In t ern et co nt ent is desi gn ed t o be view ed f ro m yo ur ph one , y our wireless prov ider is now you r mobile I nternet serv ice provid er as well. It is likely that your w ireless provider has created a hom e page and set up y our browser to g o to this page wh en you log on to the mobile Internet. Onc e at your service provider â s home page, you may find links t o a numbe r of other sites. It should no t be necessary to manually configure the browser on your phone. Normally this is don e by your w ireless provider onc e you have subscribed to the feature. Contact y our wireless provider if y ou have proble ms using the browser . ⢠SIGN ON TO T HE MOBILE INTERN ET At the start scree n, select Menu > Min ibrow ser > Co nnect . After a brie f pause, your ph one a ttempts to connec t to your wire less prov ider â s home page. If you see Check servi ce set tings , your phone may not be set u p for browsing. Contact your w ireless provider to make sure th at your phone i s configured prope rly . Note: Y ou cannot recei ve inco ming calls while browsing. I ncoming calls are automa tically divert ed to voicema il. ⢠N AVIGATE THE MOBILE INTERNET Since your p hone screen is m uch smaller than a comput er scr een, mobi le In ternet c onte nt is dis played different ly than you may be accustomed to seeing. T hi s s ecti o n con tains gu idelin es for usin g phone keys to na vigat e a WAP sit e .
66 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Phone keys ⢠To browse the WAP site or hi ghlight an item, pre ss the Scro ll u p or Scro ll down key . ⢠T o select a highlighted item, press Selec t . ⢠T o e nter le tters and numbers, press a k ey from 0 âÂÂ9 . ⢠T o ent er speci al characters, p ress the * key . Make an e mergency call while online Y ou c an end y our data conn ection and the n make an eme rgency call. 1 To cl ose you r mobile Inte rnet connection , simply pres s and hold the En d key . 2 Press t he End key as many times as neede d to cl ear the displa y and re ady the phone for calls. 3 Enter the e mergency num ber for you r present location (for example, 9 1 1 ). Emergency num bers vary by location . 4 Press t he Tal k key . Empty the cache A cach e is a me mory locat io n that is us ed to store da ta te mpor aril y . If you have tri ed to access or have accessed confidential in formation requiring p assw ords, empty th e cac he af ter eac h use. The in for matio n or se rv ices yo u hav e acces sed are s t ored in the cach e. To empty th e cache w hile in the brow ser men u, select Navigate > Ad van ced > Clear > Cache from the h ome page. You ca n also clea r the cach e by pressing and holding th e Po w e r key to power off your phone. Disconnect To c lose your mobil e Interne t connection, press and hold the End key .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 67 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Keyguard (Menu 1 1) 14 K eyguard (Menu 1 1) Wi th keyg u ar d, y ou can loc k the ke ypad to p rev ent key s f ro m being pressed accidentally . Re member to lock y our phone keypa d t o prev en t acc identa l call s. If the ke ypad is lo cked , it u nlock s wh en yo u receiv e a ca ll. After the ca ll, the lock autom atically reac tivates . When the keyg uard is on, c alls still ma y be p ossible to t he official e merge ncy number programmed into yo ur phon e. Ke y i n the emergency number and p ress the Ta l k ke y . ⢠LOCK T HE KEY PAD At th e sta rt sc ree n se lec t Menu > Ke yg u ar d . To answ er a call with the keypad locke d, simply press the Ta l k key . During the call, all feat ures funct ion as norm al. Whe n you end the call (or divert th e call to v oice mail by pre ssing the End key), t he ke ypad au toma tically re lock s. ⢠UNLOCK THE KEYPAD At the start scree n, select Unl ock , th en pres s th e * ke y withi n tw o sec onds.
68 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 15 Enhancements Check the model numb er of any charger before use with this devic e. Th is device is intende d for use w hen supplied wi th power from ACP -12U. War n in g : Use only b atteries, chargers and enhancem ents approved by Nokia for use with this partic ular model. The use of any othe r types ma y invalidate any approval or warranty , and may be dangerous. Y our de vice and its enha ncements may con tain small parts. K e ep them out o f reach of small c hildren. A fe w p rac tical rule s ab ou t acc esso ries and en hanc ement s: ⢠K eep all accessories and enhanceme nts out of the reach of small children. ⢠When you disconne ct the po wer cord of a ny access ory o r enhancement, gra sp and pull the plug, not the cord. ⢠Check regularly that enhance ments installed in a vehicle are mounted and are operat ing properly . ⢠Ins talla ti on of a ny co mp lex ca r enh an cem ents mus t be ma de by q ualif ied perso nnel on ly . For availability of approved enhan cements , please visit the website www .nok ia. c a .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 69 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Re fe ren ce info rm ati on 16 Reference information This section provides information about your phone batteries, enhancements, chargers, safety guidelines and te chnica l information . Be aware tha t th e informatio n in this section is subject to change as batte ries, chargers, and enhancem ents change. ⢠B ATTERIES AN D CHAR GERS Y our de vice is powered by a rechargeable battery . The full pe rformance of a n ew battery is achieved only after two or th ree complete charge and discharge cycles. The batte ry can be ch arged and disch arged hundre ds of times but it will e ventually wear out. When the ta lk and stan dby tim es are n oticeab ly shorter th an norm al, buy a new batte ry . Use only Nokia approved batte ries, and recharge your b attery only with Nokia approved chargers designate d for this device. Unplug the charger from the electric al plug and the devic e when not in use. Do not leave the batte ry conne cted t o a charger after t he battery h as finished charging. Overc harging ma y shorten its life time. If le ft unused, a fully charge d battery w ill lose its charge ove r tim e. T empe rature e xtremes can affect the a bility of y our battery to charge . Use the batte ry only for its i ntended purpose. Never use any charger or battery th at is damaged. Do not s hort-circu it th e battery . Acciden tal short-c ircui ting can oc cur wh en a metallic object suc h as a coin, clip, or pen causes di rect con nection of th e posit ive ( ) and ne gative (-) terminals of th e battery . (These look like metal strips on the battery .) This might happ en, for example, when you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse . Short-circuiting th e terminals may damage the batte ry or the con necting objec t. Leaving the batte ry in hot or cold places, such as in a closed car in summ er or winte r conditions , wil l reduce the ca pacity a nd lifetime of the ba ttery . Always try to keep the battery betwee n 59 ð F an d 77 ð F (15 ð C and 25ð C). A dev ice with a h ot or cold bat tery may not work tem pora rily , even w hen th e ba tt ery i s full y ch arg ed. Battery pe rformance is pa rticularly limited i n tempera tures we ll below fre ezing. Do not dispose o f batteries in a fire ! Dispose of batteries according to local regulations. Please recycle when possible. Do not dispose as household waste.
7 0 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠ADDITIONAL SAFETY INFORMAT ION Operating environment Rememb er to follow an y spec ial regulations in force in a ny area a nd always switch off your devic e when its use i s prohibited or whe n it may cause interference or danger . Use the de vice only in its norm al operating positions. This device meets RF exp osu re g ui deli n es whe n used ei th er in th e no rma l use pos itio n ag ain st th e e ar or when position ed at least 7/8 inch (2.2 cm) away from the body . Wh en a carry c ase, belt clip or holder is u sed for body -worn operation, it should not contain metal and should p osition the dev ice at least 7/8 in ch (2.2 cm) away from your body . In order to transmit data files or me ssages, this device require s a quality con nection to the netw ork. In some cases, transmission of data files or messages may be delayed until such a connection is available. Ensure the above separation distanc e instructions are followe d until t he trans mission is completed. P arts of the d evice are magn etic. M etallic ma terials may be attra cted to the de vice, and persons with a h earing aid should not hold th e device to t he ear with the he a r in g a id. Alw a ys se cur e the de vic e in it s ho lder , be ca use me tall ic ma te rials ma y be at tracte d by the earpiece. Do not place credit cards or oth er magne tic storage media near the device, because inform ation stored on them may be e rased. Medical dev ices Operation of any radio transmitting e quipme nt, including wireless phone s, may interfere with the fu nctiona lity of inade quate ly protec ted me dical dev ices. C onsult a physician or the manu facturer of the medical device to dete rmine if they are adequat ely shielded from e xternal RF energy or if you h ave any que stions. Switc h off your phon e in health care facili ties when any regulations poste d in these areas instruc t you to do so. Hosp itals or h ealth care facilit ies may be using equipment that coul d be se nsitive to exte rnal RF en ergy . PACEM AK ERS P acem aker ma nuf ac turer s r eco mme nd tha t a mi nim um s epar ati on of 6 in ( 15 .3 cm) be maintain ed between a w ireless phone and a pacemaker to av oid potential interfere nce wi th the pacema ker . These recom menda tions are cons istent with the independent research by an d recommendations of W ireless T echnology Resea rch. To minimize th e potential for in terference , persons w ith pace makers sh ould: ⢠Always keep the device more t han 6 inc hes (15 .3 cm) from their pacem aker when the devic e is s witch ed on ⢠Not carry the device i n a breast pocket ⢠Hold t he dev ic e t o the ear opposite the pacema ke r If you hav e any reason to suspect that in terference is taking place , switch off your device im mediately .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 71 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Re fe ren ce info rm ati on HE ARI NG AI DS Some di gital wireless devices m ay interfere w ith some h earing aids. If interference occurs , consult your servic e provider . Ve h i c l e s RF signals may affect imp roperly ins talled or inadequ ately shielded e lectronic sy stems in mo tor vehicle s such as ele ctronic fuel in jection systems, electronic antiskid (an tiloc k) brakin g system s, elec tr onic s pee d con trol sy ste ms, air ba g s ystems . F or more inform ati on, check with the manufa ctur er o r its repr esent ative of your vehicl e or any eq uipment that h as been added. Only qu alified pers onnel sho uld service the d evice , or install th e device in a vehicle. F aulty installation or service may be dangerous and ma y invalidate any warranty that may apply to the device. Check regularly that all wireless device equipment in your vehic le is mounted and operating prop erly . Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases, or explosive materials in the same comp artment as the device, its parts, or enhancements. For vehicles equipped w ith an air bag, remember that an air ba gs i nflate with grea t for ce. Do no t pl ace obj ects , inclu ding install ed o r por table wireless equipm ent in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deploym ent area. If in-ve hicle wire less equipme nt is imprope rly ins talled and th e air bag inflates, serious in jury coul d result. P otentially explosive environments Switch off you r device when in any area with a potentially explosive atm osphere and obey all signs and instructions. P ote ntially explosive atmospheres include areas where you w ould normally be advised to tu rn off your vehicle engine. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death. Swi tch off the devic e at ref uellin g po ints such as near gas pum ps at ser vice stat ions . Observe restrictions on the use of radio equi pment in fue l depots, storage, and distribution areas, chemical plant s or where blasting operation s are in progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atmo sphere are often but not always clearly marked. They include below deck on boats, chemical t ransfer or storage facilities, vehicles using liquefied petroleu m gas (such as propane or butane), and areas where the air c ontains chemic als or particles such as grain, dust or me tal powders. FCC re gulations proh ibit usin g your w ireless dev ice while in the air . The use of wireless tele phones in an aircraft may be dan gerous to the ope ration of the aircraft, dis rupt the wireless t elephone network, and ma y be illegal. F ailure to observe th ese instructions may lead to su spension or denial of telephone services to the offender , legal action , or both.
72 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Emergency calls Impor tant : Wirel ess phones, incl uding this pho ne, ope rate usi ng radi o signals, wireless networks, landlin e networks, and user-programmed fun ctions. Because of this, connec tions in a ll condition s cannot be guara nteed. Y ou sho uld n ever rely sole ly o n any wirele ss ph one for e ssent ial comm uni ca tion s like m edical em ergencies. T o make an em ergency call: 1 If the phone is not on, sw itch it on. Check for ade quate signal strength . 2 Press t he End key as many times as neede d to cl ear the displa y and re ady the phone for calls. 3 K ey in the official eme rgency num ber for your present location. Eme rgency numbers v ary by location. 4 Press t he Send key . If certai n featu res ar e in u se, you may fi rst need t o tu rn th ose featur es of f befo re you can make an emerge ncy call. Consult this guide or your service provider . When makin g an emergen cy call, give all the nece ssary inform ation as accurately as p ossible. Y our wire less phone may be t he only means of co mmunicati on at th e scene of an acci dent. Do not e nd the call u ntil given pe rmission to do so. ⢠CARE A ND MAINTEN ANCE Y ou r devi ce is a p roduc t of superio r desi gn and c raftsm anshi p and sh oul d be treat ed with care. The suggestions below will help you protect your warranty cove rage and enj oy your d ev ice for ma ny ye ars. ⢠Keep the de vice dry . ⢠Do not use or stor e the devi ce in dusty , dirty ar eas. I ts moving pa rts and el ectronic components c an be damaged. ⢠Do not store the device in hot are as. High temperatures can shorten the life of electr onic device s, damag e batteries , and warp or me lt certain plas tics. ⢠Do not s tore the device in cold a reas. When the devic e return s to its n ormal temperat ure, moisture can form in side the device and damage ele ctronic circuit bo ards. ⢠Do not attempt to open the device othe r than as instructed in this guide. ⢠Do not drop, knock, or shake the device. Rough handling can break interna l circuit boards and fine mechanics . ⢠Do not use harsh chemica ls, cleaning solvents, or strong detergents to clean the device. ⢠Do not paint the device. P aint can clog the moving parts and prevent proper operation.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 73 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Re fe ren ce info rm ati on ⢠Use on ly t he supplied or an a pproved replace ment ant enn a. Unau thoriz ed anten nas , modifi catio ns, or att achme nts co uld dam age the devic e and may viol ate reg ulati ons gove rning rad io dev ices. Using your device in wet and damp conditions: ⢠Y o u can use this de vice in th e rain, but do not submerge it in wate r . ⢠If the dev ice or the s ystem conne ctor has b een expo sed to salt water , wa sh it immediately with freshwater to avoid corrosion. The device must be carefully wiped dry . ⢠Before o pening the back cover , dry the de vice to prevent water fr om reachi ng the interior of the device. The SIM c ard and battery are not wate r resistant. ⢠Never charge th e device whe n the bottom connector is w et or damp. ⢠Never us e a damp d evice with enha ncemen ts t hat have an e lec tric al f unct ion (such as a desk stand or car kit). Note: Make sure the in terior of you r de vice a nd the back cov er se als are dry , clean, and free of any foreign objects. F oreign objects may damage the sea ls a gai n st w ate r . All of the above sugge stions apply equally to your device, b attery , charger , or any enh an cem en t. If an y devic e is no t wo rk ing pro perl y , ta ke it to th e n ear est au tho riz ed service facility for s ervice.
74 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠C ERTIFICATIO N INFORMATION (SAR) THIS MODEL PHONE MEETS GOVERNMENT REQUI REMENTS FOR EXPOSURE T O RADIO W AV ES. Y our m obile dev ice is a rad io transmitt er and receiver . It is designed and manufacture d not to e xceed the limits for exposure to radiofrequency ( RF) energy adopted by the governments of the USA (through the Federal Comm unications Comm ission (FCC)) and Canada ( through Industry Canada (I C)). These limits establish pe rmitte d levels of RF energy for the general population . The guideline s are based on standards that were de velop ed b y i ndepe nde nt scient ific organ izat ions thro ug h peri od ic and thorough evaluation of scientific studi e s. The sta ndards include a substantial safet y margi n design ed to assure the sa fety of al l persons, re gardl ess of age and health . The expo sure guidel ines for mobile devi ces emplo y a unit of measurement k nown as the Specific Absorption Ra te or SAR. The SAR limit adopted by th e USA and Canada is 1.6 watts/kilogram ( W/kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. The limit incorporates a su bstant ial mar gin of safe ty to giv e add ition al prot ectio n for the public and to acc ount for any variation s in measure ments. T ests for SAR are con ducted using standard operating position s with th e device transmitt ing at its high est certified power leve l in all te sted frequ ency band s. The actua l SAR level of an ope rating device can be well below the maximu m value beca use the device is design ed to use only the power required to reach the network. That amoun t changes depending on a nu mber of facto rs suc h as how c lose y ou are to a ne twork ba se station . The h ighest SAR value reported t o the FCC an d IC for t his device type when te sted for use at the ear is 1.18 W/kg and when properly worn on the body is 0.96 W/kg. SAR information on file with the FCC can be found unde r the Displa y Grant sect ion of h ttp:// www .f cc.gov/ oet/ fcci d after searchin g on FCC ID QMNRH- 34 . SAR values reported in oth er countries m ay vary depending on difference s in reporting and testing require ments and the network band . Additional SAR information may be provided unde r product information at www .nokia.com .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 75 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Re fe ren ce info rm ati on ⢠T ECHNICAL INFORM ATION ⢠B ATTERY IN FORMATION This section provide s information abou t ba t ter y charging t imes with the Tr avel Charger (ACP- 12U) or t he Standar d Travel Cha rger (ACP- 7U), ta lk time s, a n d s t an db y times. Be aw are th at the informa tion in this section is subject to cha nge. For more informat ion, contact y our se rvice provide r . Charging tim es The following charging times are approximate: T alk and standby times Operation time s are estimates only and depend on signal strength, ph one use, netw ork condition s, feature s used, ba ttery age and con dition (inc ludin g charging habits), temperature s to which t he battery is exposed, and many other factors. Feature Specificati on Feature Specificati on Dime ns io ns Widt h 1 .77 i n ( 44.8 mm ) Le ngth 4. 17 in (1 05.8 mm) Depth 0 .80 in (2 0.3 mm) Frequency ran ge (Tx) AMPS: 82 4.04 â 8 48.97 PCS: 185 1.25 â 1908. 75 M Hz Cellular: 824. 7 0 â 848.37 MHz Weight 3.1 oz (86. 7g) with BLD- 3 Li-Ion B attery Frequency ran ge (Rx) AMPS: 86 9.04 â 8 93.97 PCS: 193 1.25 â 19 88.75 MH z Cellular: 869.7 0 â 893.37 MHz Wir e les s netwo rks CDMA 800 and 19 00 AMPS 800 GPS freq uency 1575 .42 M Hz Vo l u m e 4.7 cu in (77 cu cm) Charger options ACP-12U ACP-7U BLD-3 780 mAh Li-Ion ba ttery Up to 1.5 ho urs Up to 3 ho urs Fu nct i on Di gital An alo g Ta lk time Up to 2.5 hou rs Up to 50 min utes Ta lk time wit h loudspea ker Up to 2.4 hour s Up to 47 min utes Standby tim e Up to 6 days Up to 20 h ours Standby tim e with radio and headset Up to 2 2 hours U p to 1 1 hours Standby tim e with radio and loudspeaker Up to 1 2 hours U p to 8 hou rs
76 Copyright é 2004 Nokia ⢠NOKIA ONE-Y EAR LIMITED W ARRANTY Nok ia w arr ants t hat the Noki a wir ele ss phon e and en ha nc emen ts a re f re e fr om defects in m aterial and w orkmanship. The warranty pe riod for the Pho ne (Radio) units and all enha nce ments ( excluding c arry case s) is tw elve (12 ) month s from the date of purchas e OR fo urteen (14) months from date of whole sale shipme nt fr o m N okia, OR f iftee n (1 5) m ont hs fro m the d ate of man ufactu re by N okia . The war r an ty pe riod for the Carry c ases is th ree (3) month s from the date of purchase or five (5) mon ths from the date of wholesale shipm ent from Nokia. During th e warranty period, Nokia w ill, at its opti on, repair or replace the defective product fre e of charge. Replacement Produc t may be eithe r new or remanufact ured or refurbis hed. Howe ver , if Nokia determines t hat th e warranty con ditions ca nnot be applied, the purc haser will be billed for the repa ir and shipping. EX CEPTI ONS This w arranty is subjec t to the following ex ceptions: 1 Mobile or fixed installation, which is not in accorda nce with the installation instructions , published by Nokia, will void the warranty . Dama ge caused by a repair or an att empt to repair by other than a se rvice centre authorize d by Nokia will v oid th e warranty ; 2 This warrant y covers normal consumer use and does not cover de fects or d amage to any product which, in the sole opinion of Nokia, has been subject to: improper storage, exposure to moisture or dampne ss, exposure to fire, sand, d irt, windst orm, lightn ing, or earthqua ke; to theft, battery le akage, una uthorize d modification, misuse, neglect, abuse, misapplic ation, accident, alteration, improper in stallation, maladjustme nt of co nsumer controls, or abnormal operating condition s, or which h as been attributable to acts of G od; 3 Fuses are not c overed by th e warranty ; 4 This warranty doe s not c over defects or damage s caused b y a product which is not a pprove d by Nokia to be conn ected to its wireless phone; 5 This warranty does not cover defects or damages caused by improper or defective function of the carrier system or by inadequate signal reception by the ante nna ; 6 Remova l and rein stallation co sts are not cov ered by this warra nty; 7 This warranty is applicable only to produ cts bought t hrough Nok ia Products Ltd. in Ajax, Ontario, Canada, and sold eithe r in Canada or Bermuda. 8 Removal, alteration, or de facing of the Se rial Number Plate, or the enhanc ement Da te Code Labels will v oid th e warranty .
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 77 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Re fe ren ce info rm ati on In no e vent s hall Nok ia be lia ble for incid ent al, s pecia l, or con seq uent ial da m a ge s , direct or indire ct, loss o f anticipated be nefits or profit s, loss of use of its wi re le ss telephone, resulting from the use of its wireless phone, or its enhancemen ts, o r arising from any b reach of this wa rranty . CLAI M PROC EDU RE In order to obtain w arranty performanc e, re turn th e defective unit to the N o kia Se rvic e Cent r e wi th tr ans por t at ion charge s prep a id ( Shi p pin g of the repaired unit may be paid by No kia, in which c ase Nokia shall have risk of loss or damage during this shipm ent). The proof o f date of purchase will be required before i n-warrant y ser vice is rendered. Maintenance and service may be obtained in any authorized service centre in Cana da. EXTENSION OF WA RRAN TY PERIOD When a repair is made, an extra 90-day service w arranty is given t o the labou r and parts of the repair concerned. If replac ement of a faulty u nit is applied, instead of repairing, th is 90-day service warranty is appli ed to the replaced u nit. Besides t his 90-day s ervice wa rranty , the warrant y repairs or re placements do not affec t the original w arranty cond itions, which are det ermined by the date of purchase. THE FOREGOING W ARRANTY IS THE PURCHAS ER â S SOLE AND EXCL USIVE R EM EDY AND I S IN LIEU OF ALL O THER W ARRA NTI ES, E X PRESSE D OR I MPLIE D, INC LUDIN G BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IM PLIED WARRANTY OR MERCHANTABILITY OR FIT NESS FO R A P ART ICULAR PURP OSE OR USE. Some prov ince s do not allow l imit ation s on ho w lon g an i mplied warr anty la s ts , so the above limita tions m ay not a pply to y ou. FOR W ARR ANT Y SER VI CE LO CA TIONS, CON T AC T Y OUR SERVI CE PROV IDER / RE TAILER /DEALER OR DIRECTL Y TO: NO KI A PR ODUC TS LI MI TE D 60 1 Westney R oad South Ajax, Ontario L1S 4N7 Te l: 905 -427 -1373 1-888-2 26-6 542 We b si t e: w ww .noki a.ca For products being retu rned to Noki a or its autho rized service cen tres, the serv ice provider/retailer/dealer shall prepay shipping c harges, taxe s, duties, insurance. Nokia shall have no risk for los s or damage during th is shipme nt. NO TE: As w arranty is autom atically registered, no furth er action is required by the c onsume r .
78 Copyright é 2004 Nokia NO TES
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 79 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Appendix A Appendix A Message from the CTIA (Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Association) to all users of mobile phones é 2001 Cellular T e lecommunications & I nterne t Association . All Rights R e serv ed.1250 Connecticut A v enu e, NW Suite 800, W ashington, DC 20036. Ph one: (202) 785-0081
80 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Saf ety is the most im portant call you will ever make . A G uid e to S afe an d R e spo ns ibl e Wi rele s s P ho ne Use T ens of millio ns of pe ople in N or th Ame rica toda y tak e ad v antage of the un ique combin ation of con v en ience, safety and v alue deliv er ed b y the wir eless t elephone . Quite simpl y , the w ir eless phon e gi v es pe ople the p o w erful ability to commun icate by v oice- -almost anyw he r e , anytime- -with the boss, with a client, with t he kids, with emerge ncy person nel or ev en wi th the poli ce. Each y ea r , Americ ans ma k e billions of calls from their wireless phon es, and the numbers are ra pidly g r o wing. But an imp ort ant r espon sibility accomp anies those b enefit s, one th at ev er y wir eless phone user must upho ld. When driving a car , dri ving is y our first r e sponsibilit y . A wireless phon e can be an in v aluable tool, but good judgm ent must be exer cised a t all tim es w h ile d ri v ing a motor v ehicle--w heth er on th e ph one or n ot. T h e bas ic lessons ar e ones w e all learne d as teena gers . Dri ving r equir es alertness , caut io n and co urtesy . It r equir es a hea vy dos e of bas ic common s ense-- -k eep y our head up , k eep y our ey es on the r oad, c hec k y our mi rr ors f requ entl y and w atc h ou t f or o ther driv ers. It r e qu ir es obey ing all t raff ic sign s and sig nals an d sta yi ng withi n the spee d lim it. It mea ns usi ng se at belt s and r e qui ring other pa sse ngers to do the sam e. But with wir eless phone us e, dr i ving s af ely means a l it tle mor e . T his br oc hur e is a call to wir eless pho ne user s e v er yw he r e to mak e saf ety their f irs t pri ority w hen behi nd t he w heel of a car . W ir e less tele comm uni ca tio ns is k eeping us in tou c h , simp lify in g our li v es, p rotec ting us i n emer genci es and pr o vidi ng op portunitie s to help other s i n need. W hen it come s to the use of wireless phon es, saf ety is your m ost importan t call . Wirele ss Phon e "Safety T ips" Belo w ar e safety tips to f ollo w w hile dri ving and u sing a wir eless p hone w hich sh ou ld be eas y to r e me mbe r . 1 Get to kno w y o ur wireless phon e and it s f eatu r es such as speed dia l and redial. Carefully r e ad y our instruc tion manual and learn to tak e ad v antage of v aluable features most ph ones offer , inc ludin g auto mati c r e dial an d memo r y . A lso , w ork to me morize t he pho ne ke yp ad so y ou c an use th e spe ed dial f unctio n wit hout tak ing y o ur atten tion off the road. 2 When a v ailab le, use a ha nds fr ee device . A n u mb er of hands free wireless phon e accessorie s are r eadily a v ailable toda y . Whet her y ou choose an inst alled m ounte d device f or y o ur wireless pho ne or a spe ak er phone a ccesso ry , ta ke ad v a ntage o f thes e devi ces if a v a ilab le to y ou . 3 P o sition y ou r wir eless p hone wit hin easy r each. Mak e sur e y ou place y ou r wireless phon e within easy reach and w here y ou can g rab it witho ut r emo ving y ou r ey e s from the r oad. If y ou g et an inc oming call at an incon v enie nt time, if possib le, le t y o ur v o ice mail answ er it f o r y ou. 4 Suspe nd conv ersatio ns during h azardous driving co ndition s or situations. Let the person y ou are speakin g with kno w y ou are driving; if necessar y , suspe nd the call in hea vy traff ic or hazardous w eat her co ndition s . R ain , sleet, sn o w a nd ice can be h azar dou s , b ut so is hea vy traf f ic. As a dri v er , y our first r esponsibility is to pa y atte ntion to t he r oad.
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 81 Copy right é 2004 Nokia Appendix A 5 Do no t take notes o r look up ph one n umbers w h ile driving. If y o u ar e reading an addr ess boo k or b usine ss car d, or writ ing a "t o do" list w hile driving a car , y ou ar e not w atching w here y ou are go ing. Itâ s co mm on sense . Donâ t g et ca ugh t in a dang erous situation be cause y o u are r e ading or writing and not pa ying atte ntion to th e road o r nea rby v e hicles. 6 Dial sensibly and assess the tr aff ic ; if possible, place c alls w h en y ou ar e not mo ving or bef or e pulling int o traf f i c. T ry to pl an y our calls b ef ore y ou begin y our trip or attempt t o coincide y o ur calls with times y ou ma y be stopped at a st op sign, re d light or o therwise statio nar y . But if y ou n eed to dial w hile driving, f ollo w this sim ple ti p- -d ia l on ly a f ew n umbe rs , c he ck the r oad an d y our mirr ors , then c onti n ue . 7 Do not eng a ge in st r es sful or emo tio nal co n v ersati ons that ma y be dist r ac tin g. Str essful or emot iona l con v ers ation s and dr i ving do not m ix- -they a r e d istr act ing and ev en danger ous w hen y ou are be hind the w heel of a car . Mak e pe opl e y ou ar e tal king w ith a w ar e y ou a r e dri ving a nd i f nece ssary , sus pend con v ersa tions w hic h ha v e the potenti al to di v er t y our attention f r om the r oad . 8 Use y our w ir e le ss p hon e to ca ll for help . Y our wir ele ss p hone is on e o f th e gr ea t est tool s y ou ca n o wn to pr otect y ours el f an d y our fami ly in dan ger ous situati ons-- wi th y o ur phon e at y ou r side, hel p is on ly thr ee numb ers a w a y . Dial 9 -1- 1 or other local emer g ency n umber in the ca se of f i r e, tr af fic accide nt, ro ad haza r d or medi cal emer gency . R emember , it is a fr e e call on y our wir eless phon e! 9 Use y our wir eles s phone to he lp others i n emer ge ncies . Y our wir ele ss phon e pr o vide s y ou a perfe ct oppor tunit y to be a "Good Sam arita n" in y our co mmun ity . If y ou see an auto ac cident, crime i n pr o gr ess or other seri ous emer gency w her e li v es ar e in danger , cal l 9-1 -1 or ot her local emer gency n umber , as y ou w ould w ant oth ers to do f o r y ou. 10 Call r o adside assistance or a special wire less non -emer gen cy assistance number w hen n ecessar y . Ce r tain situ ations y o u enco unter w hile dri ving ma y r equ ir e attention, but ar e not urgent enou gh to merit a call f or emergenc y services . But y ou still can u se y our wireless phon e to le nd a hand. I f y ou see a b r ok en-do wn v eh ic le posing no serio us haza r d , a brok en traff ic signal, a minor t raff ic a ccide nt w her e no one appears inju r ed o r a v ehicle y ou kno w to be stolen , call roadside assistance or othe r special non-eme r genc y wir eless n umbe r . Careless, distracted ind i v iduals a nd peop le dri ving irre spon sib ly repr esent a hazard to e v er y o ne on the r oad. Since 1984, the Cellular T elecommunications Ind ustr y Associa tion an d the wireless ind ustr y ha v e condu cted edu cation al outreach to inf o rm w ir e less pho ne users o f their r esponsi bilities as safe dri v ers and goo d citize ns. As w e appr oac h a new ce ntury , more and m ore of us will tak e ad v antage of the be nefits of wireless te lephon es. And, as w e take to the roads, w e all ha v e a r esponsibilit y to driv e safely . T he wireless industry reminds you to use your p hone saf el y when drivin g . F or more inf or mation, please call 1- 888-901-SA FE. F or up dates: htt p://www .w o w -com.c om/c onsumer /issues/driving/ artic les .cfm?ID= 85
82 Copyright é 2004 Nokia NO TES
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 83 Copyright é 2004 Nokia Index Numer ics 1-touch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 , 48 A acces sibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 anyke y answ er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 automatic redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 automatic update of service . . . . . . 48 auto-update of date and time . . . . . 54 B back co ver removin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 backli ght time -out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 batteries and chargers . . . . . . . . . . . 69 battery chargi ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 chargin g tim es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 removin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 talk and standby times . . . . . . . . 75 business c ards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 C calcu lator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 calend ar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 call forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 call log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 call res trictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 call sum mary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 caller groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 calling cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 calls answeri ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 con ference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 in-call option s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 makin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 calorie calcula tor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2 care a nd mainte nanc e . . . . . . . . . . . 72 chan ge lock code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 change, lock code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 charg er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 con necting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 color scheme s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 conta cts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 edi t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 sen d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 countdow n timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0 cur r ency conve rt er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 custo mer ca re . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 D data/fax calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3 dialing codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 display brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 display se ttings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 downloads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 E em erge ncy c all s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 2 while using wire less Int ernet . . . . 66 wit h keyp ad lo c ke d . . . . . . . . . . . 50 enha ncem ent sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . 55 charg er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 handsfre e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 head set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 music s tand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 TTY/TDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 enha ncem ent s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 8 ESN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 exch ang e rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
84 Copyright é 2004 Nokia F feature codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 G game s ettings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 H handsfre e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 head set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 , 55 help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 , 9 help te xt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 I indicators and icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 infrared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 K keygua rd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 keygua rd, aut omatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 L language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 location info shari ng . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 lock code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 lock keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 loudspeaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 M menu downloads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 keygua rd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 message s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 setting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 mes sage fo lder s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 message s delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 minibrowser messages . . . . . . . . . 32 voice messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 voicem ail message s . . . . . . . . . . . 30 minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 minibrowser messages . . . . . . . . . . . 32 mobile I nternet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 5 disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 em pty the cac he . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 make an em erge ncy c all . . . . . . . . 66 sign on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 music s tand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 N netw ork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 netw ork service s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 , 59 netw orks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 O organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 P phone details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4 phone language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 phone lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 phone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 predictive t ext . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 custo mize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Q qu ick ke ys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 R radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 restore factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . 62 right selection key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 roaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 S saf et y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 safety, important safety information 70 scr een save r tim eo ut . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 scrolling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 secu rity settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7 send own calle r ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1
Nok ia 6 585 Us er Gui de 85 Copyright é 2004 Nokia 06/04 set date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 setting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 s har e d me mor y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 sh ort cu ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 st art sc re en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 T talk and standby times . . . . . . . . . . 75 techn ical informa tion . . . . . . . . . . . 75 text ent ry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 text m ess ages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 time and date settin gs . . . . . . . . . . . 53 timed profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 to-do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 tone set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 touch to nes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 TTY/TDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 U unlo ck keypa d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 V view dialed numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 minibrowser duration . . . . . . . . . 24 misse d calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 own pho ne num ber . . . . . . . . . . . 61 received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 sav ed m ess ag es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 voic e comma nds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 voice message s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 0 voice privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 voic e record er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 voic ema il . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 volume adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 W wallpape r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 welco me note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 X Xpres s-on co vers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12